Archive

Tag Archives: World of Warcraft

The Fall of Gilneas

Chapter 13: Old Friends, New Bonds

I stood alone in the darkness. Above me was the clear night sky. The light from the moon was particularly bright and magnificent. I looked down at the ground in equal wonder. The ground was reflective, like I was standing on the surface of a perfectly still, glassy lake.

I bent to inspect my reflection. Though I could see my long furry snout between my eyes, my reflection showed me, furless and very much human. I squatted down, staring in awe at what I saw in that reflection. I couldn’t believe it; it was…me. Tentatively, I reached down, taking painful notice of the dark fur on my hand and arm, and pressed my palm against the surface of whatever I was standing on. At the same time, my human reflection did the same on the other side.

The moment my hand touched that surface, a quick ripple pulsed from my fingers and traveled across the entirety of the glassy surface. As the ground rippled, I watched my reflection change. By the time the waves stopped, my reflection as the worgen me. At that moment, I noticed my hand and arm changing; the fur thinned and disappeared into my skin. My hands shrank and the claws receded to normal fingernails. I could feel the rest of my body changing, becoming smaller. Crossing my eyes, I basically watched my snout pull back.

“I…can’t believe it…” I gasped, standing and touching my furless face with my human hands. Somehow, I had switched appearances with the strange reflection cast on this mysterious ground. I stared down at my wolfish reflection and then back at my petite hands. I think I got the message.

The light from the moon shined brighter and brighter, drawing my attention to it. It was a pulsating pale light. “Child…” a benevolent voice resounded. The voice was smooth, warm, and distinctly female. The pitch was lower, similar to Belrysa’s, but much more…I don’t know…motherly and supportive.

There was a blinding flash of light from the moon. When it was over, there was a glowing form standing in front of me. She was bathed in light and it was difficult to make out her features, but her silhouette was obviously that of a night elf. For all I knew it was from her that the night elves were originally shaped. I didn’t really know what was going on, but I knew I was standing in the presence of a divine being.

“I am Elune, a goddess to the Kal’dorei and protector of nature,” she introduced. “It was with a heavy heart that I watched as the curse that had once afflicted my children befell you. It was for that reason I directed my children to your small country.”

A goddess? I didn’t feel worthy. “Why would you show yourself to someone like me?” I asked incredulously. “I’m no one…a commoner among my people.”

She smiled. “But your soul is far from common,” she responded. “I have watched every noble deed, every noble thought. To you, I must express my deepest regret that you had to bear the responsibility of such a tragedy. It did warm my heart to see you reunited with your young friend. She called to you often.”

“How do you know that?” The question didn’t sound as stupid in my mind. She could probably read our minds or something.

“When her body was claimed by the curse, her body retreated into the Emerald Dream…a dimension of my own making…Azeroth untouched by the mortal races. Druids have always had a deep connection to the Dream. Through that realm, she reached out to you, calling you and guiding you to your salvation, whether she was aware of it or not.”

I blinked a couple of times. I guess what I heard made sense. I tried to imagine what Azeroth would look like if there were no mortals there. A strange question bubbled into my mind. “Excuse me, um…your highness?” I stammered uncertainly.

“Speak, child,” she invited without correcting how I had addressed her.

“How did the curse get to Gilneas? If it was a night elf affliction, how did it cross the Great Sea?” I inquired. I was genuinely curious.

I heard what might have been a laugh escape her lips. “Sometimes I forget what your kind do and do not know. Allow me to show you,” she responded lightheartedly.

Show me? How could she show me? That question was answered almost immediately as the world around us began to change. In an instant, I found us in the middle of a battle of epic proportions.

“Many millennia ago, long before your kind ever began to appear on this planet, the demons of the burning legion, led by their creator – the fallen titan, Sargeras – tried to obliterate all of Azeroth. The Kal’dorei and the ancient spirits fought against them in the shadow of the World Tree, Nordrassil,” Elune began. There were hundreds – no, thousands – of night elves locked in combat with an endless tide of demons. “This struggle is known to your history as the War of the Ancients.” The demons were a diverse collection of the most terrible creatures I had ever laid eyes on.

The night elf sentinels dodged and ducked around the massive great-axes of the lumbering, armored felguards. Gigantic winged doomguards with swords the size of trees cut through the night elf phalanxes like a warm knife through butter. Even larger still were the pitlords with their glaives that would have dwarfed even Koroth. Their blades met against the stone of the humongous mountain giants and the bark of the ancient, animated trees that fought against them.

There was a massive turtle standing between some of the larger demons and the comparably puny night elves. The giant wolf, Goldrinn, I had seen upon drinking from the Well of Fury was darting through the battlefield, tearing demons apart with ease. Alongside him was an equally massive stag, goring whatever Goldrinn left.

Behind the night elf forces stood Nordrassil. The trunk of this mighty and magical tree extended into the heavens so far that I could not even begin to see the leaves. From what I had read, Nordrassil had been the life essence of Azeroth until its power was drained over a decade ago.

The skies opened up and flaming meteors began to rain down on the elf forces. Once the meteors crashed into the ground, they stood up as animated, flaming rock creatures – the infernals. The night elves were struggling to push back the onslaught of the Legion. I watched on in horror as the war waged on.

“The outlook was grim. With each passing hour, the legion pushed closer to Nordrassil,” Elune continued. We flew across the battlefield to a cave near the base of the World Tree. “In their desperation, the druids of the pack forsook their oaths to balance and allowed the beasts to overcome them.” I watched as the night elf druids transformed into monstrous worgen – much larger and seemingly much more powerful than I would ever be. “With their aid, we were able to hold off the Legion long enough for a solution to present itself.” I watched as the worgen tore into the demons as they charged into the fray. They fought with such amazing ferocity. But I knew first-hand that they were no longer druids. They were feral beasts…’killing machines,’ as I’d been called…that thankfully seemed more intent on killing demons than elves.

“Though the war was won and the Legion repelled from Azeroth, the druids of the pack were lost. They had to be removed from Azeroth. As a merciful reward for their contribution during the war, I decided to banish them to an eternal sleep within the Emerald Dream where their rage would be soothed and they could sleep until the end of time in peace. That was the origin of the worgen curse,” Elune explained.

The world went dark around us and was replaced with the same night sky and glassy ground as before. “Though the demons were largely pushed back, their corruption scarred the planet beyond healing. Pockets of demons remained and multiplied near Mount Hyjal in a place that soon became known as Felwood for the corruption the demons sowed there.” I don’t know why I was surprised the story didn’t end there.

Again, the starry night disappeared and we were in a dark forest near a mountain pass. This place was magnificent, with colossal trees sporting the most brilliant shades of purple and green leaves. I couldn’t help but feel that this was how the Blackwald was supposed to look. The grass was a lush green; everything here seemed alive and peaceful. I looked up the pathway to the north and my face fell. The ground was brown and dead and the trees were diseased beyond redemption.

“For thousands of years, the Kal’dorei were able to hold off the demons of Felwood from spreading their despicable influence to Ashenvale. They kept the demons at bay, but were never able to do more. Then, a few short years ago, just before the plague ravaged the lands to the east, the Kal’dorei decided to make a change.”

“A change?” I threw in, wanting to feel like I had some interaction with the goddess’ story.

“A priestess of the moon by the name of Velinde Starsong was granted an army of sentinels and charged with ridding Felwood of the demons for good. Velinde was one of my most loyal servants and dutifully accepted what was required of her.”

I saw a young-looking, blue-haired night elf leading a large force of troops, all women and all riding on the back of massive moonsaber tigers. “They used the Shrine of Mel’Thandris, a sacred place on the border between the two territories, as their base camp.” We floated with them up a mountain path and into a little hidden enclave. I saw Velinde pouring over maps of Felwood, surrounded by a few of her troops. “It was there that she developed a strategy with her lieutenants to extinguish the flames of the Legion.”

The war planning faded and I was suddenly in Felwood. “But it was no use,” Elune stated solemnly. I watched as the sentinels clashed with the demons. It seemed like for every demon they felled, two of Velinde’s soldiers were lost. It was a brutal slaughter that made my stomach churn and wretch.

The battle went black and we returned to the shrine. Velinde was there alone in front of the altar. “That was when she asked for help.”

She knelt down on one knee and bowed her head. “The numbers of my companions dwindles, Goddess, and my own power shall soon be insufficient to hold back the demons of Felwood,” she admitted in a very defeated voice. “Goddess…grant me the power to overcome my enemies! Hear me, please! My need is desperate and my cause is just!” she pleaded. It sounded as if she were sobbing.

“I took pity on my devout servant. The demons of Felwood were more formidable than anyone could have imagined and I feared that none would be able to curb their spread if left unchecked. And so, I sent her a gift,” Elune informed me.

A bright beam of light descended on the altar and the Scythe of Elune materialized out of thin air. It hovered in the air above the altar. Velinde gazed up at in in amazement. “What…what is this?” she gasped, reaching for the weapon. “Could this be the answer to my prayers? Elune has granted me a weapon – this scythe – to defeat the demons!”

As the world around me went dark once again, I heard Velinde’s voice. “Elune has granted my wishes. The lives of my fallen comrades will not be in vain, and I shall avenge their deaths using the Scythe of Elune,” she declared resolutely. “It is an ancient thing that could be older than even the Kal’dorei. I can feel the power of the goddess flowing from it.”

Velinde appeared in the darkness, holding the Scythe. “For many hours I examined the tool that the goddess granted to me. It is no ordinary weapon, that is for certain, nor is it a simple magical implement. With it…it is as though the barriers of time and space are weakened,” she observed. It was odd, I was hearing her voice, but the Velinde in front of me wasn’t moving her mouth. It was like I was hearing her private thoughts. “Holding the Scythe in my hands, I received a vision of chaos. Wolf-men…the worgen…battled an incredible enemy.” A rift opened in front of Velinde and I could see the worgen fighting the demons during the War of the Ancients on the other side. “The worgen fought savagely, as fit their primitive-looking race,” she observed.

“And that was when I realized the true power of the Scythe. By focusing on it, I became able to communicate with the worgen. It was not speech I used to contact them, however. It was something different…I could not describe it. What mattered was that the worgen heard and understood me. By further channeling the energy of the Scythe, the barriers weakened more, and I was able to draw the worgen into our world. A score and a half I was able to summon in my first attempt,” she recounted triumphantly. I watched as Velinde cut rifts in the air with the Scythe and worgen stepped through. She had summoned a new army.

The next thing I knew, we were back in Felwood and I watched the worgen tearing through the opposing demonic beings. “Velinde began to push back the demons with the help of the worgen. She continued to summon them to Azeroth and they fought alongside her, obeying the will of the one who wielded the Scythe,” Elune explained while I watched the carnage. “All seemed to be going so well, until…”

I could see worgen running free around the forests. They weren’t fighting anything; they looked like they were hunting. They looked like my pack had a couple months ago. “My Goddess; a pack is lost. I sent the worgen to range through the forest and identify areas of demonic infestation, but they did not return. I begin to worry about the leaders I have entrusted control to. They are of simply mind, and this small amount of authority I have given them, they stretch it to the utmost. Am I losing control? Perhaps I shall cease summoning additional worgen for the time being,” I could hear Velinde pray as I watched the small pack of worgen roam the wilds.

“So she began losing control,” I realized.

“That wasn’t where it ended. Before long, she prayed to me again,” Elune pointed out.

The pack we watched grew and grew in number. “Goddess; though I have not summoned additional worgen, their numbers continue to increase. It is as though the Scythe no longer requires my intervention for the summoning process. This is troubling. I have gathered as many of the packs as I could find, and ordered them to remain at the Shrine of Mel’Thandris. Meanwhile, I have searched the libraries in Darnassus and consulted with the Circle of Ancients in Darkshore. There were none who could…or would…tell me about the worgen. I have heard reports, whispers, of a wizard of the Kirin Tor named Arugal. From what I have heard, it is possible that he also has contacted the worgen. I would consult with this wizard – distasteful as it may be – and see what he knows,” Velinde continued. I saw her riding, alone, atop her moonsaber with the Scythe attached to her back. “Beloved Elune, your gift gave me the strength to defy the demons of Felwood. But the worgen are dangerous and I wish to stem the tide. On the morrow, I will trael to the port in the Barrens and book passage to the New World. Please grant me your blessing until my work is done.” Velinde, still carrying the Scythe boarded a large merchant’s ship and sailed east.

“What happened to her?” I asked.

“She reached the southern tip of the Eastern Kingdoms and traveled north with a caravan. Soon, she came to a forest known as Duskwood. The caravan came under attack from black riders from Deadwind Pass. She escaped the skirmish and hid in a nearby mine. She continued to pray to me and channeled her focus into the Scythe. Finally, Velinde Starsong was summoned through the Scythe into the Emerald Dream,” Elune explained. “It is there that my loyal servant remains. The Scythe was found some time later and traded hands many times until it ended up in the hands of the Archmage that Velinde sought. The rest, I think you already know,” the goddess concluded.

“If the Scythe couldn’t keep control of the worgen for good, why would you give it to her?” I wondered, hoping I didn’t sound to accusatory.

Elune did not look the least be perturbed by my question, like she knew I was going to ask it. “I had witnessed firsthand how swiftly the worgen could fight the demons. However, though they used to be beings of balance and justice, they are now creatures of chaos. Even with my foresight, chaos still surprises even me,” she explained. “Ever since the disappearance of Velinde, I have guided my people to fight the curse the worgen inevitably spread and restore balance to the souls touched by it.”

“So, my soul is balanced?”

Elune nodded her shining head. “The beast can no longer try to control your will.”

“But I’m still a worgen?” I looked down at my hands human hands. It was so great feeling like myself again. I didn’t want to wake up from this dream.

“You are a human…and a worgen…you are you,” Elune responded.

My body began to tickle all over. Looking down, I watched the dark fur sprouting all along my arms. “No,” I gasped. “No, no, no, no!” I could feel my body growing and reshaping. Before long, I could see my furry snout again. I fell to the ground and buried my face in my large, clawed hands.

“The druids of the pack abandoned balance because of the power they could obtain to fight their enemies. The strength and ferocity of the worgen is a great gift, even if you cannot see it at present. For the rest of your natural life, you will reap the benefits of this gift without worry…without fear that the beast will take it from you,” Elune commented calmly. “Of course, the choice of how you live your life is up to you.”

I let out a long, frustrated sigh. “So what happens now?” I inquired.

“Now, you wake. Your people will surely need their hero back,” Elune responded. “Go forth, young Naomi, with my blessing and never forget who you are and the path you have walked.” With that, there was another blinding flash of light and Elune disappeared.

I was left standing alone, staring up as the moon shined brilliantly down upon me.

***

My eyes snapped open and I found myself staring at the underside of Tal’doren’s mighty trunk. I could see my snout in front of me and I knew how my body looked. I’m still a worgen. But I couldn’t feel the curse any more. I could feel anything that wanted to turn me into a beast.

Slowly, I sat up. Darius sat on a boulder nearby. “It is done then, Naomi,” he commented, standing when he noticed my movement. “You are one of us now.”

I didn’t respond, I just nodded. I gazed around. Vassandra stood nearby, but the other two elves were nowhere in sight. There were still many worgen inside the tree, but none of them seemed to pay me any mind. Gwen lay beside me, still asleep.

“What did the goddess say to you?” Vassandra asked curiously, approaching and kneeling down nearby.

“She told me about the origins of the worgen and…someone named Velinde,” I responded.

Vassandra nodded. “A tragic tale, indeed,” she commented. “You are among the fortunate few; Elune does not present herself to many outside of the Kal’dorei. I hope your mind is at peace.”

“It’d be a lot more at peace if I wasn’t a fur-ball,” I grumbled.

Darius began to laugh at my response. My embarrassment started to rise. “I can tell you, I know the feeling,” he chuckled. “At least at first. I used to try to stay human as long as possible, but I eventually discovered there were benefits to this form…and nothing to be ashamed of.”

Something he said confused me. “What do you mean ‘stay human?’” I inquired.

Darius stood up straight and threw out his arms. Before my eyes, his fur began to disappear and his wolfish features shrank away until the Darius Crowley I had met in Gilneas City was standing before me. “Mastery over the beast has granted us mastery over our form,” he informed me.

My mouth hung open in disbelief. “How…?” I couldn’t finish the question; my brain wasn’t working right. I need to learn how to do that.

“To take a human form, it takes concentration. It requires you to contain a great deal of power. Your body wants to be in the form it is in now, so it can become…difficult to stay as a human for long,” Darius explained. “With time and practice, it becomes easier…like building a muscle; but when the going gets rough, the wolf will try to come out,” he added. Then, his wolfish features returned, changing him back into the formidable worgen that led this pack.

“So it’s not permanent?” I asked, someone crestfallen.

“You’ll always have control, if that’s what you mean,” Vassandra cut in.

“It is your choice whether or not you want to work towards making your human form nearly effortless. I, for one, have come to embrace being a worgen,” Darius explained. “There’s so much power and freedom in it.”

“Can you teach me how to change?” I requested earnestly.

Darius looked slightly disappointed, but he acquiesced and began to outline the process as best he could. Some of it was a little vague, but he explained it like flexing a muscle. I wasn’t sure if I would be able to explain to someone how to move their muscles. It’s just something we do.

I tried to follow his instructions. I closed my eyes and tried to focus. Come on, change! I kept chanting it in my mind. I controlled my breathing while I tried to focus on transforming. It took several frustrating attempts before I could feel my body starting to change in any way. My eyes snapped open and I saw my arms moving into an awkward stage between furry and normal. I started to get excited. It’s happening! But my excitement broke my focus and the fur grew in thicker.

“Damn,” I grunted, annoyed.

“It takes some time. You have to maintain your concentration until the transformation is complete. After that, it becomes easier. But if you get too…emotional…well, you may find yourself accidentally changing back,” Darius warned. “Keep working at it. You’re a strong lass; I’m sure it’ll become second nature to you in no time.”

Another question popped into my head. “Um…am I…still, you know…contagious?” I inquired uncertainly. I wasn’t sure if I wanted to know the answer, but I knew I needed to.

“Do you mean can you infect other people with the curse?” Darius clarified. I nodded. “The curse, as you know it, is gone. So no, you cannot pass the curse on to another. Once we have cured every worgen in Gilneas, the only way to make new of our kind is to use the Scythe,” he explained. “So if you want to take a bite out of someone, chomp away,” he laughed. That wasn’t exactly what I had in mind.

I felt movement to my side. Gwen was starting to rouse. I shifted around and leaned over her, staring down into her face. I placed my hand on her shoulder. She opened her eyes peaceably. “Naomi?” she muttered groggily while I watched her eyes focus. She sat up and stared at me.

I threw my arms around her, nearly tackling her back to the ground. A moment later, I felt her hands on my back. “I’ve missed you so much,” I told her quietly. We separated after a long time. “Why…why didn’t you stay in Duskhaven with the rest?”

Gwen looked away. “You left me all alone,” she responded sullenly. “Whether you were alive or dead, I had to find you.”

“Well, I’m here now,” was all I could think to respond to that. I paused for a moment and ten hugged her again.

“I can’t believe the nightmare is over,” I heard her murmur quietly. I couldn’t help but think about something Darius had said to me earlier: one nightmare ends, another begins. It didn’t seem like an appropriate time to fill her in on the ongoing dangers in Gilneas. Again, we separated.

I nodded. “It took a little longer than we thought, but we survived the curse,” I responded. Finally, I decided to stand up, staggering a little bit before catching my balance. I offered a hand to Gwen and helped her up onto her paws. I couldn’t help but notice her nudeness. I guess she finally had an excuse to run around naked. I made a mental note to comment on it later.

“It figures you were Naomi’s druid friend,” Darius commented, still standing nearby. “Only someone who spends that much time with nature could have evaded my trackers for as long as you did.”

Gwen appeared oddly proud of that statement. She gave him a sheepish grin. “I know my way around a tree,” she shrugged nonchalantly.

“And your way around a claw,” Darius pointed out. “You took down some good hunters in your time.”

This time, she didn’t look so proud. “I’m sorry…I couldn’t stop myself.”

Darius clapped his hand on her shoulder. “As far as any of us are concerned, you did nothing wrong.” He looked back and forth between us. “While we are not related by blood, you are both our sisters, now. The pack is a family. Welcome.”

I looked over at Gwen. It was already easy to think of her as a sister. My heart swelled at the thought of having this special connection with her now that so few Gilneans would understand. She was already unofficially family; but I felt a new level of affection for my friend.

“Father!” I heard Lorna’s voice call out, excitedly. We all turned; sure enough, Lorna was standing at the entrance to Tal’doren. She stared directly at her father; somehow she knew that she had picked the right worgen.

Darius’ face visibly lit up. “Lorna!” he gasped. She started running towards him. At the same time, he took a couple long strides towards her before wrapping his arms around his daughter. He looks like he’s strangling her. “My child; thank the Light you’re safe!”

“I can’t believe you’re alive!” I heard her respond, voice muffled by her father’s fur. Seeing them reunited brought tears to my eyes.

“I wanted to find you the moment I returned to myself, but I had a responsibility to my men…to the others who were cursed,” Darius apologized.

“Crowley!” came an unpleasantly familiar voice. It made my skin crawl. I turned my gaze from the father and daughter, locked in a warm embrace, back to the entrance to the sanctuary. There were several new people there: Lord Godfrey – clad in his signature top-hat and great coat –King Greymane, and a small force of soldiers carrying rifles. Lord Godrey stepped forward, pushing his spectacles up his nose. “You and your elven allies are hereby ordered to serve along the king’s army,” he declared, not even trying to hide the spite from his voice. I had a sinking feeling I knew what sorts of missions he would have for us.

Darius stepped around Lorna, eye fixated on Godfrey. He didn’t respond and just stared the aging man down.

Lord Godfrey did not seem intimidated. “Cursed or not, you are still bound by Gilnean law! You will serve your king or be executed for treason,” he threatened. Under Godfrey, serving is an execution sentence.

Darius let out a threatening snarl. That made Godfrey take a tentative step back. With a grin, Darius turned his eye to the king. “Does this toad speak for you, Genn?” he growled. “Do you come to our dwelling as a friend? Or do you come as a tyrant?”

I surveyed the soldiers. They all held their rifles as if they were ready to use them at a moment’s notice. Would they gun us down if the king commanded them to? I doubted King Greymane would actually give that order. What if Godfrey gave the command? Would they listen before the king could stop them?

King Gerymane stepped forward, past Godfrey, and stopped a few feet from Darius. “No, old friend,” he responded in a tired voice. “I’ve come as an equal.” What is that supposed to mean?

The king huddled over. I heard what sounded like a strained groan. His body started to grow gradually. His fine clothes seemed to be struggling to stay intact as his size increased. No way! After a moment, he flung his arms out and arched is back as fur sprung up all over his body. There was a very audible rip as his clothes tore. His face elongated before our eyes. My king…is a worgen? I wasn’t sure my eyes were actually working right. It was phenomenal. Even as a giant humanoid wolf in tattered clothes, he looked rather regal. His fur was largely gray, consistent with his hair at his advanced aged.

“Impossible!” Lord Godfrey gasped in disgust. The color had drained from his face and he stared at King Greymane with complete disdain. He took a couple of steps back before turning and sprinting out of Tal’doren. I had an awful feeling in the pit of my stomach. Lord Godfrey hated my kind. What is he going to do now?

I quickly looked over the soldiers to make sure we were still safe. They looked confused – some actually afraid – but they stayed their weapons and stared at the king. They were probably wondering what to do now.

Darius bridged the gap between him and the king quickly and held out his arm. The grasped each other’s forearms and held them there stably. “Aye, Genn…It is not law that binds us. It is something far stronger,” Darius affirmed, voice filled with respect. “First, politics separated us, then the curse. Now, old friend…we are brothers once more. My men are ready to give their lives under your command,” he promised.

King Greymane nodded. “It is decided, then. We will unite all Gilneans and drive the Forsaken from our lands!” he declared. “It is a load off my mind to have you on our side, my friend.” The king turned towards me and fixed his eyes on my incredulous face. He let out a chuckle and gave a strong nod. “I must go rally our people. We will meet again in Tempest’s Reach,” King Greymane stated. After another couple of minutes, he left with his soldiers.

I still stood there, stunned at what I had seen. I still wasn’t sure I believed it. Darius walked up to me, amusement on his face – probably from my expression. He let out a long sigh. “It’ll be a long time before our nation comes together again,” he commented realistically. “The old political divisions pale in comparison to what divides us now.” I thought about the reactions people had had to me when I woke up. I wondered if the worgen would ever get fully reintegrated with the rest of Gilneas. “However, if there was ever a time for us to come together and unite against a common enemy, it is now.” He placed both hands on my shoulders. “And it is you, Naomi, who have proven able to bridge the gap between our people.”

I shuffled a bit. “I don’t know about that,” I muttered.

“Know it or not, you have done wonders for our time. While you are undeniably a member of the pack, it is time for you to return to the rest of our people.” He reached down and grabbed my left forearm, holding my left hand up. “Return to your loved ones,” Darius added, obviously referencing the ring.

“What?” Gwen blurted out suddenly. I shrugged; this was something I was going to have to explain at some point.

“When you get to Stormglen, tell them it is safe to go through the Blackwald on their way to Tempest’s Reach. We will take care of any Forsaken who follow them,” he vowed.

“I’ll let them know.”

“I’m coming with you,” Gwen declared.

“Are you sure? The humans might not…” I started.

“I’m not going to let you leave me again,” she interrupted stubbornly. “We only just found each other after so long…If you’re going somewhere, I’m going with you.”

I thought about arguing, but I could see she wasn’t going to budge. And to be honest, I didn’t want to be separated from her again, especially not so soon. Finally, I just nodded. I looked from Darius to Vassandra and Belrysa. “Thank you…all of you.”

“You never need to thank us, young one,” Belrysa assured me calmly.

“We should be apologizing to you for allowing the curse to come unto you in the first place,” Vassandra added. “Go in peace, child.”

I looked over to Lorna who stood beside her father. “Are you coming back with us?” I asked.

She shook her head. “I’ll be along eventually,” she responded. “But not now.” I understood.

Gwen and I left Tal’doren together. She stayed very close to my side as we made our way into the trees to the south. “So… you’re getting married now?” Gwen blurted out after a minute.

“No…yes…I don’t know,” I responded uncertainly.

“Huh?” she grunted, understandably confused by my response.

I let out a long sigh. I spent some time explaining the situation. “I love him; he loves me…we’re committed to each other…but who knows if we’ll live long enough to actually get married,” I concluded. I realized something: one of the reasons I was so hesitant about this engagement was gone now. I couldn’t wait to tell Daniel.

There was a visible change in Gwen’s demeanor. She became sullen and withdrawn while her ears fell. Her head turned away from me and she slowed her pace, starting to fall behind. I stopped and turned to her. “Is…something wrong?” I asked.

“Oh no, everything’s fine,” Gwen responded, a frustrated tone of sarcasm in her voice. She wouldn’t make eye contact with me.

“Gwen!”

She was silent for a moment. “When I woke up, I left immediately…I went to go find you,” she finally started. My chest tightened. I think I know what’s wrong. “I went through hell…I lived a nightmare for so long…angry, alone, afraid…

“Gwen, I…”

She shook her head fervently. “No…I was so alone…I needed you; I called out to you. But you took so long to come after me. You let me suffer so you could play out some fantasy?” she accused, tears accumulating in her eyes. She looked beyond betrayed.

Before she could react, I closed in on her and threw my arms around her. I fought back tears of my own; my nose stung fiercely.

“Let go of me!” she snapped, struggling to try to free herself. I could feel her arms flailing behind me. Then she dug her claws into my back.

I whined and whimpered as I tried to ignore the pain. “I’m not letting you go,” I told her softly. “It isn’t like that,” I claimed seriously. “I wanted to come after you the moment I found out you left Duskhaven…I wanted to search for you immediately.”

She stopped struggling, but she was still tensed up. “Then why didn’t you?”

Not releasing my embrace, I explained about the potion. While I was free, I was a captive to Krennan’s serum. I couldn’t leave until I had enough to last for a few days…or else I would turn back into…that thing. Then the Forsaken showed up and I had to fight to survive. I didn’t throw anything back at Gwen while I explained. “When I reached Stormglen, I was exhausted…too tired to even hope to find you. It was last night that Daniel proposed to me. It didn’t matter to him that I only had a week of the serum left, he still talked me into it,” I finished. “Then…this morning, I used every last drop I had.”

“Why? Why would you do that?” she questioned, voice wavering.

I took a deep breath. “I would rather spend my last few hours of sanity with you than a few more days with Daniel but without my closest friend,” I admitted. That may have sounded wrong, but it’s true.

I felt Gwen’s body relax. She broke down and began sobbing. “I’m sorry,” she wailed.

I bent back a little bit, keeping my arms on her side. I pressed my forehead against hers, the tips of our long noses touching. “I love Daniel…I really do…but he and I will never share what you and I have had…what we now have,” I assured her as compassionately as I could muster. It’s like Darius said; we’re sisters.

We stayed there like that for some time before Gwen had settled down enough to continue. Finally, I turned so that we could start moving on; I flinched a bit as a jolt of pain shot across my back. “What did I do?” Gwen gasped. I felt her hand gently press against my back and I winced again as her palm touched where she had clawed me a little while earlier. She went quiet and her hands started to feel warm against my back. The area went numb and then pain was gone completely. I spun around quickly in time to see a greenish glow disappearing from her hands. “I just started studying restoration magic before Gilneas City,” she explained timidly, staring at me apologetically. “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to hurt you.”

“Ain’t nothing to worry about. It’s easy to forget what these bodies can do,” I responded. “Come on, let’s keep going.” We continued back through the trees. Gwen seemed to bounce back pretty quickly, though I could still occasionally pick up an ashamed aura about her.

We walked for a long time; I had forgotten how deep into the Blackwald Tal’doren stood. My stomach began to rumble. I haven’t had anything to eat since breakfast, I realized. It seemed like I was ravenous more often than not these days.

“Did I hear you say he had to talk you into the engagement?” Gwen asked suddenly, a playful tone in her voice. And she’s back.

“Yeah, he did. I didn’t see the point of it all, given what’s going on,” I replied, going on to explain that conversation in more detail.

“I didn’t know he was such a cork-brained sap,” she giggled.

“He really is,” I laughed. We shared a very lighthearted moment. “He’s terribly romantic. It’s sickening sometimes.”

“I guess one of you needs to be girly,” Gwen teased.

“Hey!”

“No judging…I’m sure you’ll make a lovely couple. I hope he looks better in a dress than you did.”

I sighed. “Glad to have you back, Love.” She continued to laugh. “Speaking about clothes, I bet you’re feeling…free,” I commented.

“More than you know,” she grunted while stretching out. I felt something brush against my legs. Gwen had grown out her tail again. She looked incredibly odd with her wolfish body but tail of a large cat. “I told you before all of this happened…if I could keep my thumbs and communicate, I would never leave my forms,” she added. She let out a long sigh. “It was so awful when the curse had control, but now that I’m me again, I like how it feels,” she admitted.

I thought about Darius’ words; his choice to remain a worgen. “I don’t know if I do,” I responded. I couldn’t deny I was faster and considerably faster in this form. It had been so long, I barely remembered what it felt to be human, but I still didn’t really feel comfortable. I was quite a bit better than a few days ago, and it would probably get easier, but it was still hard.

I heard Gwen’s stomach grumble. Mine echoed it. “Do you think there will be food for us?” Gwen inquired hopefully.

“There should be,” I replied. “Though it might not be much. They have to start rationing everything out more.”

“Is it much further?”

“You’re the one who knows these woods,” I shot back. Before long, though, the run-down mill came into view. We are so close. Before long, we reached the gate to Stormglen. “Welcome back to civilization,” I told her as we stepped into the town.

It was a bit livelier than when I left. It looked like the citizens from Duskhaven had found their vitality again. Though it was getting dark and thick clouds had rolled back in, there were people about, walking from building to building. Some carried crates towards the inn. I could see smoke rising from the forge and I wondered if Daniel was there, working away.

Some stopped as soon as we showed up. After a moment, I realized they were staring at Gwen. They were used to seeing me, but a naked worgen was the sign of a feral worgen. They seemed uneasy, but the fact that I was there may have helped keep them from devolving into panic. Taking a deep breath, I led Gwen through the town and made our way towards the inn.

As I had hoped, Mayor Armstead was there, directing citizens to busy themselves with various tasks. All activity ceased when we entered; the mayor looked up from what she was doing. She eyed Gwen for a moment, then me, then she gave us a wide smile.

Mayor Armstead crossed the room swiftly. “I see you found the person you were looking for,” she greeted cheerfully. “I knew you had an ulterior motive for going into the Blackwald this morning. But you were gone so long, we were getting worried.” Our stomachs roared in tandem. “Please, come and eat. We saved some dinner for when you returned,” she invited.

She led us over to the table and instructed us to sit. Mayor Armstead returned a couple of minutes later with a couple of plates containing a small portion of pork and some chopped potatoes. Again, the amount of food was less than I would have liked, but it was better than nothing.

“So, tell me what happened,” she requested. While we ate, I recounted much of what had happened. It took a while to go through everything. Of course, I left a lot out, like my dream conversation with Elune and the fact that the king was a worgen. I figured if she already knew, I didn’t have to say it; and if she didn’t know, it wasn’t my place to reveal it. “Crowley wanted me to tell you to lead the people through the Blackwald to Tempest’s Reach. He said they’d take care of any Forsaken that tried to follow us,” I concluded.

“We’ll start moving in the morning,” Lady Armstead responded nodding. “We have confirmed there are survivors up there. Back it up a bit…are you saying you’re not cursed anymore?”

I nodded. “It’s gone…I can’t feel it,” I confirmed.

“We’ll have to tell Krennan. I’m sure he’ll be beyond relieved. I know he’s been stressing out about it all day.”

I looked around the room from person to person. “Where is my father?” I asked, moving past the conversation. I was tired and didn’t really want to have to explain much more before I saw the people I cared intimately about.

“We put him to work at the forge with your boyfriend,” Lady Armstead responded. “The king was talking about reclaiming our city. It’s crazy, but everything these days is crazy. I’ve had to put everyone to work in preparation,” she explained.

“Oh.”

I heard a thunderous boom outside. It was followed moments later by a constant, low-level sound of water. Another storm approached. It rains entirely too much in this country.

I heard Gwen let out a long sigh. “It’s been a long time since I’ve had shelter from the rain,” she realized aloud. She was staring out the window. It was really coming down out there. It was hard to believe these storms came so quickly, without warning.

“Oh…where are my manners? I should get you some clothes,” Mayor Armstead mentioned quickly when she glanced over at Gwen.

“That’s not necessary,” Gwen denied. I smiled in amusement.

Mayor Armstead laughed. “I’m afraid it is. You may not like to be clothed, but you’ll scare people if you’re not. They know not to trust a naked worgen.” She stood up and walked towards the stairs.

“I really don’t see what the fuss is about,” Gwen grumbled.

“Oh, hush. Just take your clothes off when you get to a bedroom,” I responded, rolling my eyes.

Gwen whined in frustration, but accepted the bundle of clothing the mayor offered when she returned. She stood and slipped the clothes on and the sat back down, dejectedly. “Well, with this rain, I imagine your father and friend will be along soon. They probably won’t be able to keep the forge fires going much longer.”

“That’s good. Um…is there another fresh set of my-sized clothes? I’m not sure if I want to wear this for the rest of the evening,” I requested hopefully. It wasn’t practical to wear all the time.

There should be a couple of sets up in the room you slept in last night,” she said tentatively. “And we’ll arrange things so that your friend gets the room beside yours,” she added. “There are a few open cottages down the road we can move people to.”

“That would be lovely,” I responded. “When my father and Daniel return, can you please tell them I’m upstairs?”

“Of course.”

I rose from my chair. Gwen shot up as well. She’s probably never going to let me leave her alone at all any more. Hopefully I’ll be able to get some alone time with Daniel! “Thank you for the food,” I told the mayor; at the same time, my tummy rumbled again. I was still quite hungry.

She laughed. “Well, if we’re going to be moving on in the morning, I’ll see if there is any more food we can send up. You’ve earned an extra little treat, I’d wager.”

I thanked her and excused myself, with Gwen following at my heel. I trudged up the stairs, my legs feeling a bit tight as I ascended the steps. It wasn’t far down the hall to the room. As soon as I walked in, I let myself fall onto the bed and let out a long, loud sigh.

“Gwen…we’re in for some rough times ahead,” I stated, staring at the ceiling.

She plopped down next to me. “As long as you don’t run off on your own and do something stupid, we’ll get through it. Things only seem to go wrong when you leave me behind,” she responded.

“Maybe you have a point there.” I lapsed into silence and continued to stare at the ceiling while listening to the rain.

After a couple of minutes, I sat up with a grunt. I’d better change out of this armor. I stood and began to unlace the leather bands around my arms. The fur beneath them was compressed while the areas that weren’t covered were puffed out a bit; I imagined it probably looked very silly. I ran my hand up and down my arms to even everything out. I found a simple pair of pants and shirt on the desk nearby and snatched it up before taking off the rest. I let out a satisfied sigh as I took off the cuirass, letting the girls free. Before long, I was in the loose-fitting clothes and feeling a bit more liberated. I think I can understand Gwen’s objection to being dressed.

I stacked the pieces of the armor up on the desk and then returned to sit on the bed. I closed my eyes and started try to focus on changing form. The only way I’m going to get this is to practice.

Gwen must have noticed my lack of motion and controlled, even breathing. I felt her sit up next to me. “Are you okay? What are you doing?” she asked quickly.

I groaned, keeping my eyes closed. “I’m trying to focus,” I told her.

“Focus on what? The rain?”

“I’m trying to focus on turning into a human again,” I elaborated. “I’m told we can do that now that we got rid of the curse.”

“Oh…like this?” she inquired curiously.

I opened my eyes and looked over at her. Gwen was, indeed, furless and back to her old self; of course, she kept the ears and tail. She stared at me innocently. She looked quite awkward, being her normal size but sitting in worgen-sized clothing. I thought she was going to slip out of the neck of the shirt.

Frustration surged through me. “How did you do that?” I demanded. Why can she change so easily?

Gwen smiled. “It’s sort of the same thing for me to switch to other forms,” she claimed. Before my eyes, I watched her body change into the familiar giant cat she liked to turn into. Then, she went back to her worgen appearance. “See? It’s not too hard when you get used to it.”

“Show off,” I muttered. Yeah, maybe it’s easy for a druid… She giggled. “Now let me try.”

I closed my eyes again and went back to work. Damn it, Gwen…you make this look so easy. Maybe I’m just stupid. I should be able to do this…at least a little bit. I need to be able to. I want to be me again. What’s wrong with me? Why can’t I do it? I couldn’t quiet my brain down. My breath wavered a bit and I clenched my eyes tighter. Focus, Naomi. Focus! But I couldn’t stop myself from dwelling on my frustration.

I felt Gwen moving around the bed. In a moment, I felt two powerful arms wrap around my midriff and a furry chin rest upon my shoulders. “Don’t think,” Gwen whispered.

I don’t know why that helped, but it did. My mind went blank and I couldn’t formulate a complete sentence in my head. The only thing that showed up was a mental image of me…what I used to look like.

I could feel myself shrinking in Gwen’s arms; she quickly towered over me while embracing me. My whole body tingled as the fur receded. What was even stranger, still, was the sensations I felt as my face and paws started to change shape. I could hear popping and cracking, but it didn’t hurt.

I opened my eyes once it felt like everything was done. I stared down at myself. The sleeves of the shirt now completely consumed my arms. I swiftly yanked them back to reveal a pair of furless, very human arms. “It…it worked!” I exclaimed, feeling my smooth face and petite nose. I stretched out my legs and inspected my small feet, wiggling my toes. By the Light, it worked!

I freed myself from Gwen’s arms and hopped to my feet. But the moment I stood, my pants succumbed to gravity since I didn’t have the size to hold them up any more. The shirt covered everything – mostly – but I could feel myself glowing with embarrassment as I bent to collect them from the floor. Gwen just started laughing. I had to hold on to them to keep them from falling again.

While I was ecstatic to be back to my normal self, I felt strange. It was like there was an odd pressure all around my body…like something was trying to burst through my skin. I knew what it meant: the worgen was trying to come out. I had to concentrate to keep it contained. A brief jolt of disappointment shot through me. No matter what I do, my body will always try to go back to that. Eventually, I’d have to stop seeing myself as human…my body’s new natural state was worgen.

“You did it!” Gwen congratulated. I couldn’t help but suspect it was half-hearted. “You should probably find a way to take care of those clothes,” she advised.

I nodded and twisted so that I could tie up the side of the shirt to tighten it. As for the pants, I grabbed the leather belt from the armor and snaked it around my body, pulling it as tight as I could. There wasn’t a hole available. I guess they did make it with my bigger body in mind.

Gwen stood and wandered over to me. She reached forward and bored a hole through the leather with one of her claws, allowing me to use it in this body. She stood there, almost a foot-and-a-half taller than me. It was so odd…I vividly remembered being just a little bit taller than her most of our lives.

“Thanks,” I said with a smile. “I can’t believe I look normal again,” I sighed. I could feel the pressure building. Either that, or it was just getting harder to hold back.

“I don’t see what it matters how you look,” I heard Gwen grumble, turning away slightly.

“You can’t seriously think I looked better like…that!” I declared in disbelief.

“We were always a pair of cork-brained bitches,” Gwen shrugged. “Now we finally look the part.” She turned her back to me completely.

“Oh, you dirty…” I growled playfully, pouncing onto Gwen’s back. She lurched forward as I collided with her and climbed onto her shoulders, draping my arm around in front of her like I was going to choke her.

“You want to do this, little lady?” she retorted, laughing. She twisted and grabbed at me, but I ducked away from her grasp. Finally, she was able to get her furry hands on my arms near my shoulders and she whipped me over her head and dropped me onto the bed.

I bounced a couple times before coming to rest on the mattress. I was laughing for a moment when I stopped. My skin began to tingle again. I had lost it…I stopped monitoring myself and released my new ‘muscle.’ Crap! I scrambled to untie my shirt and undo the belt before I changed and ruined yet another set of clothing. Before long, my body sprouted dark grey fur and the wolf came out.

I laid on the bed, panting. Why am I so exhausted? It couldn’t have been from today. I wasn’t nearly this tired a moment ago. “Damn it,” I gasped between breaths. I couldn’t keep my human form for very long…or maybe it was the excitement of jumping on Gwen. The moment I stopped monitoring it, I paid for it. Well, at least I still have my own mind.

Gwen popped into view. She was upside-down and her face was incredibly close to mine – inches, actually. “There’s my favorite bitch,” she stated fondly. Before I could respond, she licked me right between the eyes.

“Ewww,” I groaned, rolling to the side and wiping my forehead. “What’s gotten into you?”

Gwen giggled. “Nothing’s gotten into me,” she claimed. “Can’t I just be excited to see my friend?” She flopped on the bed. “Not like I’ve had too much to be excited about lately.” Her freedom must finally be sinking in. Gwen let out a long sigh of her own. “Look, I know why you want to be human again, but I like you like this,” she told me seriously, turning her head so that our eyes could meet. “How many people do you think there are like us in the world?”

“I guess,” was all I could think to say. There was something in her wild eyes; the way she stared at me so earnestly. There’s more to it than that. I could see fear behind her stare. “What’s this really about?” I finally asked boldly.

Gwen let out a soft whimper. “I don’t know,” she responded. “It’s just that…before…you started spending so much time with Daniel. We were always so close, but you never introduced me to him. It was like you were ashamed of me…”

“Gwen, it wasn’t like that,” I protested.

“And then I found out you were with him for all those days leading up to today,” she continued. “I know you could explain that away, but…I don’t know…I’m afraid that we are drifting apart. I just thought…maybe being a worgen could give us something no one else had. Maybe we could get that old bond back.” Her voice was quiet and reserved. There was a visible drop in her mood.

I opened my mouth to say something and then stopped. “Gwen…I’m sorry,” I finally apologized. “I know how it looks and I can see why you think that. I don’t have an excuse for why I never told Daniel about you before. All I can do is tell you that I love you like a sister and…I guess I took you for granted and I’m sorry.” It was my turn to be bold, I leaned forward, and pressed my snout to the end of her nose; my tongue automatically sticking out and giving her a tiny lick.

She grinned and giggled. We scooted close to each other. We didn’t talk; we just laid there. Unfortunately, we couldn’t stay there for long. There came a cautious knock on the door.

“Who could that be?” I groaned as I forced myself onto my paws. Daniel or my father would have just come in. I marched across the room to the door and threw it open.

There was a young woman there; she bowed when I opened the door. “Lady Armstead told me to bring you two some extra food,” she announced uneasily, presenting a sizeable covered platter. I wondered what, specifically, was putting her on edge. It must be the strange new worgen in town.

I thanked her, she bowed, and left us alone. I walked back to the bed with the platter and set it between us.

“What did they bring us?” Gwen asked hungrily, rubbing her hands together. I shrugged and removed the cover from the platter to answer the question. They sent us a chicken…a whole chicken! And some bread. Gwen’s eyes widened in excitement.

We ripped the chicken in half and began to scarf it down. I was feeling considerably more satisfied after we demolished the treat. I leaned back and let out a satisfying sigh, watching Gwen gnawing on a chicken bone to pick off the rest of the meat.

“Gwen, I need you to do me a favor,” I requested suddenly.

“Hmm?”

“If it ever feels like I’m drifting away again, I want you to hit me and remind me of how much of a cork-brained bitch I really am.”

Gwen giggled. “Can do!” she promised. I knew she’d relish the opportunity if it ever arose.

A couple of minutes later, the door swung open and striking the wall on the other side with a loud bang. Gwen and I both jumped. Daniel and my father stood in the doorway. “Naomi,” Daniel sighed in relief.

I hopped off the bed and ran up to throw my arms around both of them. “I’m back!” I declared. “And I have wonderful news!” I became aware of some serious body odor coming from both of them. Though they had obviously been out in the rain, they still had ash or…something…smudged all over them.

“I’m glad you’re back and safe. I was beginning to worry,” my father commented. He looked past me. “Is that…” he trailed off. I followed his eyes and could see him inspecting Gwen. “Gwen Forrestier…is that you?” I must really be terrible at identifying worgen. How can he tell so easily?

Gwen nodded. “It is, sir.” I never knew why, but she always found my father to be intimidating. Maybe she reminded him of someone. Who knows? But she was always very formal with him.

“Get over here!” he invited. She complied and scurried over. My father broke away from our hug to give her her own embrace. “It’s about time we got you back,” he commented. “The family didn’t feel right without you.”

“Hey, Poppet; where’s your ring?” Daniel inquired quietly.

“What do you mean? It’s on my….” I held out my left hand to prove it, but the ring was gone. Oh crap! “Where is it?” I exclaimed, spinning and looking around the room, frantically. It has to have fallen off when I transformed.

“What’s going on?” I heard Gwen ask.

“I can’t find my ring!” I nearly shouted as I dropped to the floor. I searched the wooden floor; I couldn’t find it. Where did it go? I can’t believe I lost it already! I kept mentally beating myself up.

I couldn’t see what Gwen was doing. “Here it is,” she announced. I looked up; she was leaning over the bed. I could see the ring in her hand. “You should be more careful with this,” she taunted before tossing it across the room.

Snatching it from the air, I quickly slipped it back on my finger. “Thanks,” I grumbled.

“Why did you even take it off in the first place?” Daniel asked.

“I…um…it’s hard to explain,” I responded, rubbing the back of my head. I didn’t want to tell him what happened…not quite like this. I had other plans.

“I see…” He didn’t sound like he wanted to drop the subject. “So…this is your friend you were telling me about?”

I nodded and formally introduced them. I didn’t make any mention of the fact that they had technically already met once before. That led into an explanation of the day’s events. “And so…we’re not cursed anymore!” I concluded happily. “Kind of. We can’t lose control now!”

They were both exceptionally excited. We kept talking about it for several minutes before my dad declared he had to leave. “Gw-I mean Mayor Armstead told me she has business she would like to talk with me. I had better go see what she wants,” he stated. I gave him a sheepish smile, recalling what that really meant.

Gwen let out a massive yawn shortly after my father stepped out of the room, echoing my own feelings. “I think it’s time to turn in,” I declared. I stared at Gwen. “I’m not pushing you out, but can I ask…”

“Yeah, yeah…I’ll go next door for the night. But you’d better not try to run out on me. I’d track you down,” she responded, wandering out of the room and leaving Daniel and I alone.

“She seems nice,” he commented awkwardly.

“Just wait until you get to know her.”

He walked up to me and threw his arms around me. “I never would have dreamed that you would be able to get free of the curse,” he mentioned warmly. “Looks like the future’s getting brighter.”

He leaned in to give me a kiss on the side of my face. Again, his stench hit my nostrils. I recoiled a bit. “Um…I’m sorry…I need you to go wash yourself off,” I demanded. “You stink.”

Daniel laughed. “Sorry; busy day at the forge,” he apologized. “Is it that bad?”

“Just go.”

“I’ll be right back, then.” He wandered towards the door. “Then we can…sleep,” he added before disappearing.

I rolled my eyes and then sat on the bed. It felt like a lot of my strength had returned, especially after a much more satisfying meal. Closing my eyes, I worked to clear my mind and concentrate on changing. It was substantially easier this time and, in seconds, I could feel my body changing. By the time I opened my eyes, I was human again. Immediately, I could feel the pressure again all over my body, but I was able to hold it back, for now.

My ring slipped easily off of my finger. I picked it up and looked at it for a moment. There’s no way this would fit anymore. I slipped it on my thumb; it was still loose, but I hoped it wouldn’t fall off like before.

I sat on the edge of the bed and I waited, trying to imagine Daniel’s reaction to seeing me like this. I smiled as the images came to my mind. Before long, I heard footsteeps coming down the hallway. “Okay, I washed up,” he announced, pushing the door open. “How do I…” He stopped the moment he saw me. His mouth hung slack. He wasn’t wearing a shirt and had a towel draped over the back of his neck. “N-Naomi…” he finally stammered in disbelief.

I gave him a warm, inviting smile.

“H-how is this possible?” he gasped, taking a few tentative steps into the room.

“It’s part of the ‘cure,’” I explained, still grinning. “If I focus, I can make myself look like this Do you like it?”

He nodded fervently. It took him a surprisingly long time to get to the bed. I stood as he made it there. Just like before, my pants immediately fell around my ankles. Daniel stared down at them for several seconds. “I…have that effect on people,” he joked, regaining his goofy side.

I burst out laughing. “You wish!” I giggled. I actually had to look up at him to meet his gaze. I stood on the tip of my toes and planted a kiss on his lips. “You’re such an idiot.”

“Maybe, but you’re the idiot who agreed to marry this idiot,” he taunted back. Daniel pulled me in for another kiss. “So what now?”

“You know, I’m not contagious. I asked,” I mentioned coquettishly. Calmly, I grabbed his hand and gave a gentle tug. “You coming?” I invited, moving over onto the bed.

He nodded and excitedly scrambled into bed with me. One thing led to another and we began making love that night. It was so wonderful; I got lost in the sensations. It had been way too long since the last time… As things were really starting to heat up, my body began to tingle. I was getting lost in the pleasure. As my arousal hit its climax, a howl starting to build. By the time I realized what was happening, it was too late to stop it.

Come on! Not now!


Go to Directory                                Next Chapter –>

The Fall of Gilneas

Chapter 12: The Scythe of Elune

“Welcome to Tal’doren,” Lord Crowley invited, throwing out his arms. He noticed the worgen carrying Gwen. “That one alive?” he asked.

I nodded. “She should be,” I responded hopefully. I had no idea how much blood she’d lost. “She thought…” I cleared my throat. “Were you going to have her killed?” I asked, my anger starting to bubble up.

Lord Crowley nodded solemnly. “Her rage was unnatural, killing my scouts left and right. And yet elusive like I had never seen. We determined she could not be captured and was too big of a threat to allow to roam the wilds,” he explained. “How ever did you overcome her?”

I began to explain about the potion; how it had given me back control and how I used it on Gwen. Lord Crowley laughed a little. “I was wondering how in the name of the Light you made your way back to civilization. You have to hand it to the old alchemist. But why would you use the last of something so precious on that one?”

“Do you remember my companion in Gilneas City? The druid who protected me? That’s her.”

His face fell. “I thought she had made it out safely. Damn,” he grunted. “Well, we will do everything we can for her…and for you,” he promised. “Please, follow me.” He led me inside the tree. The other worgen carried Gwen in behind us.

Inside the tree, there were dozens of worgen gathered, sitting on stones or walking around. In the center of the huge chamber, there were three stone basins sitting atop pedestals made of white stone. I wondered what they were for. “So, Naomi; tell me has brought you here,” Lord Crowley requested casually.

I explained what I could while watching the other worgen bring Gwen near the basins and set her gently on the grassy ground. “And then I met Belrysa in an old mill just outside of Stormglen. She led me here,” I concluded, fighting the urge to go check on my friend.

“I’m thankful for what you have done for our people…especially for Lorna…she’s all I have left.” I thought about past conversations with his daughter. “I will send for her right away.”

I nodded and paused. I need to ask. “Lord Crowley?” I started.

“After what you and I have been through, I’d reckon you can call me Darius.”

“Oh…okay…Well, how did you – all of you – conquer the curse?” I inquired. He had to tell me the secret. It was my only chance now. I continued to focus on my breathing, but I could feel my resolve waning. It was becoming harder and harder to fight it.

“For months we wandered the wilds of Gilneas, hunting and living like beasts. Then, one day, the night elves found us. They are powerful, make no mistake, and they took us under their wing, in a sense. They have taught us much during this time. They’ve taught us who we are and where we come from. Thanks to them…thanks to this place…we’re no longer mere beasts. We have regained our free will,” he responded.

That’s not really an answer. “Yes, but…how?” I insisted.

“All in due time. Believe me, my friend; we are not in the business of withholding salvation,” he stated, placing a large hand on my shoulder. “Come, there is someone you should meet.”

Darius took me over near the basins. My attention was focused on Gwen. She seemed to still be breathing. After a moment, she arched her back for a moment before falling back still. She didn’t regain consciousness, but she was definitely still alive. Thank the Light.

“This is Vassandra Stormclaw. She was the one responsible for bringing us peace,” Darius stated, snapping me back to my surroundings. In front of us was another tall night-elf woman. She had short, vibrant green hair. The markings around her glowing eyes looked like leaves. Her robe contained earthy greens and browns.

“I sense a great deal of turmoil in your mind, young one,” Vassandra said a familiarly calm but higher voice. Young one? She doesn’t look that much older than me! That was when I remembered the books mentioning the night elves don’t age – at least not like normal. “You are at war with yourself and the curse is being held at bay by…something…something that will not last much longer.” How can she know that?

Two other night elves stepped out of the shadows and stood near the basins on either end of Vassandra. Both of them were men with exceptional hair and features. The one on the left had long blue hair that was pulled into a ponytail in back and braided down the front, with the locks reaching past his armpits. The one on the right had long green hair also pulled back in a ponytail probably reached his butt. They looked almost more feminine than the woman standing in front of me. They were a strange race indeed.

“What happens now?” I asked, staring at Vassandra.

“We must perform a ritual,” she responded. “What you know as the curse began as a heresy among our bretheren. Faced with a losing battle against demonic forces, the Druids of the Pack eschewed the balance they were sworn to and allowed the beast to overtake them. Because of their recklessness, they were banished to the Emerald Dream where they continue to live in eternal slumber beneath a tree identical to this one. But as with any force of chaos, the curse spread to others,” Vassandra explained prophetically. “What we do today will spit in the face of chaos and restore balance to your heart.”

I was getting excited. “Tell me what I must do,” I pleaded, hopping where I stood anxiously.

Vassandra looked from me to Gwen, and then back. “This tree was a gift from Elune as a sanctuary for the druids of Azeroth. It is in sanctuaries such as this that our people could meditate to control the primal energies that flow through us and back to nature. There are plants that you will find growing only in Tal’doren’s vicinity; you will know them by their white leaves. Bring me the leaves from this plant, and the ceremony will be ready to continue,” she instructed.

Picking leaves from a plant? It seemed like a needlessly menial task. Why wouldn’t they have stuff like that ready to go? “I’ll be back post haste,” I promised. I looked back down at Gwen; I could see a bit of blood starting to accumulate beneath her. “I wounded her pretty badly…Please take care of her,” I nearly begged.

“We’ll take good care of her,” Vassandra assured me.

I turned and made my way out of Tal’doren. There were worgen standing on either side of the entrance to the tree, standing guard. They didn’t look at me as I left. I wandered quickly out into the clearing, looking around for this plant they told me about.

Your attempts to resist me were amusing at first, but my patience has run its course. I will make sure you pay dearly for your defiance.”

I scanned the field more quickly. Something caught my eyes off to the west of the tree: there was a small shrub-like plant with pale leaves. That has to be it. Looking around, there didn’t seem to be anything else that possibly could be the plant in question; all of the other foliage had very dark leaves and petals.

I ran over to the plant and knelt down beside it. My ears perked up. Do I hear…singing? The plant seemed to be emitting a peculiar sound – though, I guess any sound would be peculiar for a plant to make. It was like a woman holding a high note. It was soft and definitely difficult to hear, but I know I heard it. Like everything else in this strange area, the leaves seemed to glow in the dim lighting of the Blackwald. I waved my hand in front of the leaves and marveled in the unique effect. It seemed like such a shame to pick something so beautiful, but Vassandra had said this ‘Elune’ thing had put those plants there to be used. Just being in proximity to it made me feel calmer. The voice of the curse was completely silent.

Reaching forward, I placed my hand on one of the leaves and felt a small surge of some sort of energy flowing into me. It felt warm and welcoming. To make things better, I could feel the battle wounds that still remained closing further. I wondered what someone like Krennan could do with a plant like this. The possibilities were endless!

But, first things first. I began plucking leaves off of the glowing shrubbery, dropping them gently into my empty satchel. I didn’t know how many leaves Vassandra would need for the rituals, so I stripped a good half of the bush bare. With a soft grunt, I stood up, dusted myself off, and walked back towards the huge tree.

As I crossed the clearing, I gazed up at the mysterious structure. How did I not know a place like this existed in Gilneas? Did Gwen know? She had to. She used to hunt these woods all the time. Why didn’t she tell me? I would have loved to have spent time exploring the Blackwald…before all of this craziness happened. It was a pretty safe assumption the days of normalcy would not be returning.

I re-entered the tree to find Vassandra and Belrysa kneeling beside Gwen on the ground. I quickly rushed over to them. They had Gwen lying on her belly with their hands pressed against her back where I had swiped her. Their hands were glowing – Vassandra’s were green while Belrysa’s was gold. Thank the Light for healers.

“How is she?” I asked immediately.

“She’s lost a lot of blood, but she’ll live,” Vassandra affirmed.

“Will she wake up soon?”

“We are not sure,” Belrysa cut in. “Whatever you gave to her is responsible for her lack of consciousness. Were you out for long when they gave it to you?”

I tried to remember. “To be honest, I’m not completely sure.” I remembered waking up in the rain, where Lord Godfrey had left me. I suddenly became irrationally angry at Godfrey for how he treated me and the other worgen. A low, nearly inaudible growl escaped my throat.

“Did you bring the leaves?” Vassandra asked, rising to her feet.

“I did,” I affirmed, retrieving them from my bag. “Is this enough?” I added as I handed them over.

“This will be more than enough to complete the ritual for you and your friend,” she assured me. I felt oddly self-conscious. Did I pick too many? “These simple leaves grow by Elune’s grace. They will help your mind understand the need for balance and your soul will permanently earn mastery over the beast,” she further explained.

I grinned and shuffled around a little bit in excitement. So, I’ll be cured? I couldn’t believe my ears. “How long before the ritual is ready?”

“Not long. We will begin preparations immediately.” With that Vassandra turned her back to me and carried the leaves to the two night elf men that still stood nearby.

“I can’t believe the nightmare’s almost over,” I said aloud in my excitement.

“One nightmare ends, another begins,” Darius stated. His sudden voice made me jump. Turning, I saw him approaching me. “I will indeed be very happy when you are lifted from the shadow of the curse. It will be one less thing for you to worry about while we deal with the Forsaken.”

Oh…right…the Forsaken. In my anticipation, I had almost forgotten about the undead forces that were invading my home. I looked up at Darius. Wait a tick. If this ritual will cure me, how come the other worgen still look like…well…worgen? My heart fell and my excitement began to dissipate. Maybe it wasn’t a cure after all. “Why won’t they just go away? Haven’t they already taken enough from us?” I wondered with a frustrated sigh.

“Because the Forsaken aren’t here for our lands and our people, alone. They’re looking for something we possess,” Darius responded.

“Possess?” I parroted in confusion.

He nodded. “An artifact capable of uncontrollably spreading the curse to all humanity.”

My mind started making some connections. “That wouldn’t happen to be the same artifact the archmage, Arugal, used to bring the worgen here in the first place, would it?”

He forced a laugh. “You’re quite an astute young woman. Indeed, it is the very same. We cannot allow them to find it.”

“So we know where it is?” I asked curiously.

“We’re the ones who’ve been hiding it from Forsaken,” he responded.

“And where is Arugal?”

“Dead…probably. Only the Scythe remains,” he shrugged. “We believe the Scythe found itself back in Gilneas shortly before the worgen attacked the city. As for Arugal, we can only…”

“Darius!” a gruff male voice called out, interrupting him. A worgen with lighter fur dashed up to his leader. “The dark rangers have the Scythe!”

“What? How!” Darius demanded.

The other worgen shook his head. “I do not know, my lord. They got to it before we were able to reach it,” he reported.

Darius growled in annoyance. “Get our men in position immediately, Tobias,” he commanded. Oh hey! I know him, too! “We cannot let the Scythe fall into the hands of the Forsaken!”

Tobias nodded and ran off. Several other worgen ran off with him. If what he said about this thing is true, they’re going to need as much help as they can get. “What can I do to help?” I asked seriously.

Darius turned back to me and stared at me with a puzzled expression. “You really are the same woman I met in Gilneas City, aren’t you,” he finally said with a laugh. “I’d argue with you, but I imagine that hasn’t worked in the past.”

I shifted around uncomfortably.

He sighed. “Ever since the Forsaken invaded Gilneas, we’ve done our best to keep the location of the Scythe of Elune a secret. We moved it at night from location to location. And the dark rangers got close, but never found it…until now, apparently.  If you’re offering to help, I’m inclined to take it. However…” Darius cleared his throat. “Since you have not completed your ritual, I cannot allow you to engage the enemy directly. If something happens and you lose control…I shudder to think what you might do to my men,” he explained with a sheepish grin.

“Then what can I do?” I insisted.

Darius produced a plain horn from somewhere and handed it to me. “The Scythe was hidden at the Woods’ End Cabin far to the west of here. You’ll know it when you see it. My men will make sure the dark rangers are unable to move it from there. When you find the cabin, blow this horn. Tobias and the trackers will engage the dark rangers. Once they have, it will be safe for you to sneak inside the cabin and retrieve the Scythe,” he explained.

“I’m just supposed to steal it and run?” I asked. I felt my talents might be more useful in the middle of the fray.

“Under no circumstances are you to engage the enemy,” he commanded. “Let the trackers do the fighting and just get back here safely. Do you understand?”

The commanding presence in his voice made me feel I had no choice but to agree to his terms.  “Fine,” I grumbled, staring down at the horn.

“The ritual will be ready on your return,” he stated. “So all you need to worry about is surviving.”

After another short exchange of words, I left Tal’doren yet again. The guards had left their post. I figured they probably went to join the others to stop the rangers.  I ran west, across the clearing and into the strange and twisted forest. These trees were such a stark contrast to Tal’doren; I tried to imagine the forest if it were made only up of those mystical druidic trees. It certainly would make the Blackwald a more inviting place.

I focused my attention away from the dark trunks around me and down to the ground. I could see tons of paw-prints in the soil. I’m curious if I would be able to find them if Darius hadn’t told me where to go. I had never had to do a great deal of tracking. Most of the time, the thing I was after would find me…and then try to kill me.

The further away from Tal’doren, the stronger the burning sensation in my mind became. The curse was becoming undeniably stronger and I really had to work at ignoring the growing presence in my head. Its constant threats of what would come if I succumbed was enough to bring tears to my eyes. Stop it! Don’t give in. If you get upset, it will only become that much more powerful. I did what Belrysa instructed and forced myself to focus on my breathing once again.

I pressed further west. Eventually, the trees began to thin; I had to be coming to the edge of the Blackwald. I started to look around. I had been running for a while – maybe an hour. My paws were starting to get sore, and I still hadn’t found this cabin. Did I miss it? Darius had said it would be obvious.

As if on cue, I stepped around a tree and saw a small structure up ahead. It was a tiny log cabin with a low stone wall around it. Even from this distance with several trees in the way, I could see a sizeable group of dark rangers standing guard around the wall, bows at the read and scanning the trees.

I slowed to a stop and hid behind a trunk. I really hope they didn’t notice me. Carefully, I jumped from behind my hiding place to a slightly closer tree. I scanned the area, looking for signs of Tobias and the trackers. Sniffing the air, I could vaguely pick up a scent that could have been them, but I could not see anyone.

Finally, I reached the closest tree to the cabin. Peering out carefully, I could see the entrance to the cabin. But there were at least a dozen rangers standing on that side of the house. I wonder if this was the group the one that attacked me earlier came from. If they knew what had happened, I imagined they’d be royally pissed off at me. I hid back behind the trunk again and closed my eyes, taking several deep breaths. My body was quivering. These rangers were terrifying one-on-one. This was simply overwhelming.

Weak little girl. Let me do it. I will rip them to shreds” It was a strange new tactic. The curse must have grown tired of my resistance and was trying to talk me into giving up willingly. I gazed down at the horn in my hand and thought about Darius’ command. He knew the curse would be trying its hardest to take me back, especially with the second bite giving it an edge. He didn’t want to give me a reason to give in.

Hold on…if this thing is so important…like, if the Forsaken could use this to wipe out humanity as we know it, why isn’t he here to stop it? I started to feel indignant…like I was being used again – sent out like a lamb to the slaughter. Part of me wanted to abandon the mission and return to Duskhaven…but what would be waiting for me there? The curse was coming and complying with Darius was the only way I could stop it.

I wondered again if the trackers were in position. I peeked out at the cabin again. The longer I waited, the less likely I’d make it through this with my sanity. Well, here goes nothing. I raised the horn to my snout and forcefully blew into it. The deep blast of the horn reverberated through the trees. Almost immediately, I heard howling to answer the call of the horn.

Once more, I peered around the trunk and saw the dark rangers focusing more intently on the forest. They all had dark arrows readied along their wicked bows made of bone. The howling grew louder and fuller as more of the hidden trackers joined in. The sound was nearly deafening.

All of a sudden, hell broke loose. The rangers began firing into the trees and I became instantly aware of movement all around me. I caught glances of other worgen darting around the trees and in the bushes. The trackers moved in, charging from the cover of the trees straight at the cabin and pouncing towards the rangers. Most of them were able to dodge the barrage of arrows, but I could hear desperate yelps as worgen were struck by the defiled projectiles. I saw my kind fall. My anger and frustration began to rise again. I thought Darius cared about his people; why would he send them to die while he stayed safely away.

No one cares about us; not really…not even our own kind. We have to look out for ourselves.” It was particularly strange to hear the curse say ‘us.’

I couldn’t force myself to run in there through a mixture of fear and hesitation to throw my life away for another nobleman who used those under him like pawns. I dropped the horn to the ground and began to consider running away. If I get far enough away, maybe they won’t be able to find me. I won’t have a chance to hurt anyone.

Just then, I noticed someone emerge from the cabin. It was another dark ranger with the dark hood and weapons. But she was more magnificently adorned with armor. She reminded me more of the ranger who was in charge of the advance forces at Duskhaven. That has to be their leader. She emitted a presence of ruthlessness and malice. My urge to run intensified as the fear began to overpower my already-waning sense of duty. The head ranger pulled out a long, curved blade and cut down the nearest worgen with terrifying swiftness.

“Strike down these mongrels. Scatter them, whimpering, to the wilds like the beasts they are!” she called out to her troops as she killed another of my kind.

I took a trembling step back. They don’t stand a chance. They’re going to die. Again, the thought of running off crossed my mind. I shook my head. No…if I leave, they’ll die for nothing. They’re relying on me to get that artifact. They’re sacrificing themselves so that I can get my job done. Darius be damned; I’ll do it for them.

A monstrous howl rose above the rest, rallying the worgen in an instant. I saw a dark blur launch from the nearby trees and charge the leader. After a moment, my mind registered what I had seen: Lord Darius Crowley had joined the fray. He was waiting for their leader to show herself. I saw him meet the blades of the ranger’s commander with his vicious claws and muscle.

My resolve swelled in my chest and I, too, burst from the tree-line. I made straight for the entrance to the cabin. The rangers were far too distracted with the worgen’s onslaught to notice me slip past. The plan had worked so far.

The inside of the cabin was vacant. The floor was clear with the exception of a large trunk resting beneath the window. There was nowhere else I could see or a scythe to be stored. I hurried over to the trunk and tore off the lock with my claws. I threw the trunk open and then stopped as I peered inside.

The Scythe was there. It was a large blade, shaped like the crescent moon and attacked to a long shaft of pure-white wood and what looked like a petrified vine twisted around it. The blade shined with a pale light. Its beauty most definitely struck me; however, the most noticeable thing was not how it looked but how it felt. I don’t know how to explain it, but it was like the Scythe was reaching out to me…calling me. I felt an unnatural attraction to it, mystified by its presence. I had no doubt that if the Scythe could tell me to do something, I would be obedient. I could feel the curse inside me sharing in my awe. It wanted nothing more than to be directed by the Scythe. Darius wasn’t kidding…if this artifact could spread the curse and then control it, we could not allow this to fall in the wrong hands.

With a deep breath, I reached forward and plucked the scythe from its resting place. The moment I touched it with my furry hand, I felt its power flow through me. As I stood up, eyes fixated on the weapon, I realized how effortlessly I could feel myself repelling the will of the curse inside me. It was obeying me, for once.

I shook my head to break myself out of my little trance. The sound of the battle outside reached my ears again and I remembered what I was here to do. I spun on my paws and sprinted out of the cabin, the Scythe held close across my chest.

I dashed back to where I had been hiding. The worgen kept fighting behind me. Do they not know I made it out? Looking around frantically, I noticed the horn I had dropped sitting on the ground. I scooped it up and sent out another long blast from it.

I quickly checked the cabin. It looked like the worgen got my message, as they fell back almost as quickly as they had come. My heart sank as I could see the number of lifeless, fur-covered bodies around the area. But I had the artifact. Their sacrifice had worked.

There would be time for mourning later. I had to get the Scythe back to Tal’doren. I had to go through the ritual and rid myself of the curse forever. I ran as quickly as I could on two paws off to the east. My ears kept twitching as I heard the sounds of movement around me. Out of the corner of my eyes, I could see worgen running alongside me, probably wanting to ensure the safety of the Scythe.

Finally, the magnificent, waterfall-adorned trunk of Tal’doren came into sight. I made it! I didn’t stop running until I was inside the tree. I bent over, panting heavily. My legs are going to ache tomorrow!

“Well done, my friend,” Darius exclaimed, walking up to me. I inspected him from paw to snout. I couldn’t see any new battle-wounds. If I hadn’t seen him join the fight, I wouldn’t have believed he had actually been there. “For a moment, I had wondered if you were going to go through with it.”

“For a moment…so did I,” I gasped in response as I tried to catch my breath. I held out the Scythe. I couldn’t help but notice an amusing longing in Darius’ eyes. He was as mesmerized by it as I had been…and still was. Why don’t I just keep it? I didn’t want to give it up. There was so much power in it and it made me feel so serene. I shut my eyes as he plucked it from my grasp.

I opened my eyes after a few seconds. I looked past Darius and saw Gwen still lying on the ground. I ran up to her and knelt beside her; her breathing was stronger now. Again, I placed my hand on her head and ran my fingers threw her hair. “We’re going to be alright, Gwen,” I told her calmly, hoping she could hear me.

She began to rouse in response to my voice. My heart skipped a beat and started rising in tempo out of excitement. Gwen rolled over and her eyes fluttered open slowly. She stared up at me for some time with her wild eyes. The monstrous edge had disappeared from them. “You…you found me,” she finally muttered feebly. I continued to run my hand through her fur to keep her calm. “You brought me back.” Tears reached my eyes as I nodded fervently. I couldn’t believe I had my best friend back.

I opened my mouth to speak, but I was interrupted. “It is time, Naomi,” Darius announced. “This…alchemy that has kept the beast inside you at bay will not last for long.” I could feel the truth in that statement. “The first cursed worgen were night elf druids like our new allies. They, however, abandoned the balance that the rest of their kind embraced and allowed the beast to take over their minds. It is only fitting that their brethren be the ones to deliver us from the curse. Go, Warrior. Drink from the waters of Tal’doren and make peace with yourself.”

I looked down at Gwen. “We’re going to be okay,” I assured her. “Come with me.” I rose to my paws and helped her rise. She placed a great deal of her weight on me as we staggered towards the first of the three basins. I gazed into the waters and could see strange reflections of worgen locked in conflict.

“Drink from the Well of Fury, young ones,” the blue-haired night elf invited. “But be warned: the curse will try to retake you; you must fight it.” I hesitated for a moment. Then, I dipped my snout into the waters and drank. I could see Gwen following my example. My legs nearly buckled immediately as my mind was assaulted with visions of the viciousness of the worgen. I saw myself, darting across the battlefield and tearing my enemies apart.

Yes, I can feel the fury…the rage…I will be free!”

“Just as Goldrinn’s spirit once blessed our druids, let Naomi and Gwen be blessed with the wisdom of his race and the ferocity of the wolf god,” the elf exclaimed. His voice sounded distant. As he spoke, a massive white wolf appeared in my visions and stared at me, stymying my urge to kill.

I staggered away from the basin, actively trying to hold back the curse as it desperately tried to wrestle control from me. “You will not win, little girl. Your body is mine!” I could hear growling and snarling. It wasn’t long before I realized I was the one making the sound. I had no idea what Gwen was doing. My vision started turning red. I was losing the battle.

A strong hand pressed against my shoulder and steered me towards the next basin. Vassandra awaited me there, watching me with a peaceful, unconcerned expression. “Drink from the Well of Tranquility,” she invited, waving her hand towards the second basin. “Drink and find the calm your soul desires.” Frantically, I dove my snout into the waters and lapped it up as quickly as possible.

Instantaneously, the rage subsided and the visions changed. I was in a forest, alone. I could hear running water and could see little animals and insects scurrying around as they went about the course of their peaceful daily lives. I saw a calm wind rustling the leaves. There was no anger in my heart left.

“Just as Daral’nir soothes the cursed druids who gave in to the beasts and abandoned balance, let Tal’doren soothe these two young ones,” Vassandra announced. Gwen must have made it to the second basin, too. Thank the Light.

What are you doing? No!” The curse sounded so desperate now. I think it knew what I was trying to do. But its power had waned very suddenly. It struggled to get the upper hand, but I was overcome with a sense of calm that the curse could not overcome.

“Go now, young ones. Drink of the final basin. Once the ritual is complete, you will be visited by the Goddess. Your questions will be answered.”

I made eye contact with Gwen and we both nodded. Side-by-side, we approached the third and final basin of water. The green-haired male elf stood near the basin. He held the Scythe of Elune. “Let the Scythe unbind that which was not meant to be bound!” he declared, dipping the tip of the scythe into the waters. “Let the soul master the beast, lest the beast master the soul!” The waters began to glow with an intense white light. “Drink now from the Well of Balance and expel the curse from your soul forever.”

No!” the curse whimpered as Gwen and I drank from the final basin.

I staggered back. The voice in my head had fallen silent. I searched and could not find any trace of it. The curse is gone! I grinned in excitement. It’s gone! My head started to spin and my eyesight became blurry.

“Gwen,” I gasped. I could see the outline of my friend nearby. I staggered over to her. I felt my hand touch hers just as we both began falling to the ground. I felt a series of strong hands catch me and lie me down. By the time my head hit the dirt, my mind was many years and thousands of miles away.


Go to Directory                                Next Chapter –>


The Fall of Gilneas

Chapter 11: Into the Blackwald

“Naomi!” I heard a familiar, friendly voice calling out through the void around me. “I can feel you; you’re so close!” The green-tinted vision of Gwen appeared in the darkness. “They’re still looking for me. You have to find me first.”

“Where are you!” I asked.

“You know where I am…I’m in the Blackwald,” she responded. “Please. You have to find me. They’re tracking me. They know they won’t be able to capture me easily, so they’ll kill me.” Her voice was beyond distressed.

“Who’s tracking you?”

“I don’t know who they are or how they regained their sanity,” Gwen responded. I took that to mean worgen were following her. They regained their sanity? “There are strangers, too. I don’t know who they are or where they come from.”

A glimmer of hope appeared in my mind. If there are worgen out there that are sane, there might be a way for me to keep control, after all! Maybe it’s Krennan’s students; maybe they figured out the potion, too. “How will I find you?” I inquired.

“This body…my body…it doesn’t like new creatures entering its territory. If you come…I’ll find you,” she promised.

“And then you’ll try to kill me,” I concluded.

The image of Gwen looked away guiltily. “I’ll try not to, but this body hasn’t responded to my commands, yet.”

“I know the feeling,” I sighed. So I have to find her and subdue her without letting her kill me. Should be simple…  “I hope I can do it.”

“If I’m going to die…I want you to do it,” Gwen cried. “One way or another, I want you to end this nightmare.” My gut wrenched painfully. I knew that feeling all too well. I needed to find her.

All of a sudden, her image began to fade out. “Gwen? Gwen, where are you going!”

“There’s not much time! Help…” And then she was gone. There was nothing but darkness around me.

“Gwen!” I called out.

“Young Naomi…” a new voice chimed in. I looked around, but couldn’t see anyone. It was a deep, smooth, female voice with a very calm and strange accent?

“Who’s there?” I inquired, oddly anxious. How do people keep talking to me in my dreams?

“You and I do not know each other, but we will…soon,” the voice responded. “It is rare to find worgen such as yourself whose mind is still intact. I thought we had already located most of them.”

“What do you mean?”

“Now is not the time for an explanation. We shall speak soon and all of you will have your answers.” An old structure came into view. It looked like it might be an abandoned windmill. The desolate and contorted trees of the Blackwald could be seen behind it. “Until then, rest well. Important times lay ahead, Naomi. Farewell.”

“Wait! How do you know my name?” I insisted. But the image disappeared, and with it I was back in the silence and nothingness.

***

I awoke the next morning monumentally confused. What the hell was that all about? Who was that other voice? My mind shifted to Gwen. I knew what I had to do now…or, at least, I knew what she wanted me to do. But how am I supposed to subdue her?

And what was all of this talk about other worgen tracking her? Were there really worgen out there that had overcome the curse? How? Would they be able to help me? Or would they try to kill me on sight, thinking I was as wild as Gwen?

Shaking my head, I tried to sit up, but had some difficulty. Daniel still lay nestled against my chest. His hand rested right on my belly. I could hear quiet snoring. Gently, I jostled him awake.

“Huh? What’s going on?” he questioned groggily.

I thought about telling him about that dream. In the end, I decided against it. It was a dream; I had no idea if there was truth to any of it. I didn’t want to give him false hope. “It’s time to get up,” I informed him.

“Why?”

“Because I don’t want to waste any time,” I responded, slipping out from under him. I sat up and stretched out. I made a monstrous yawn, letting out a quiet, involuntary whining noise. I quickly snapped my mouth shut, a little embarrassed by the sound.

Daniel just laughed as he sat up. He stroked my back tenderly. “You know, the longer I see you, the less I see anything strange about your appearance,” he commented with a yawn of his own.

“Well I’m glad one of us is getting used to it,” I responded.

Before I could respond, there was a loud knock on the door. “Naomi! Are you awake?” I could hear Lorna call from the other side.

What’s she doing here? I looked over at Daniel. “Um…one minute!” I responded frantically. I shot out of the bed and scrambled to put my clothes back on. My claws caught the fabric as I jammed my legs into the pants and I winced a little as I heard the loud rip. Damn it. I had gone through so many sets of clothes in the last few days alone.

“Hey, calm down,” Daniel stated, keeping his voice low. “No need to rush.”

I ignored him. I started running my fingers through my hair, as if it acted like some sort of comb. Why am I doing this?  I dropped my arms to the sides. Darting across the room, I threw the door open. I could see Lorna jump; she must not have expected me to move that quickly. Or maybe she hasn’t gotten used to…me.

“Are you feeling alright?” she asked, raising an eyebrow at me. She surveyed my body. I had to have looked like a mess – clothes disheveled and ripped. Plus I was breathing a little heavily from the brief rush. After a moment, she craned her neck to look around me and saw Daniel still sitting on the bed. A sly, knowing smirk spread across her face. “Fantastic.”

Again, it was fortunate my face was concealed beneath dark fur or she would very clearly see my embarrassment. “Did…did you need something?” I asked.

Lorna blinked a couple times, as if she had forgotten why she was there. Then, she shook her head quickly to collect herself. “It took a while, but I think I’ve put together what happened here,” she explained, holding up the old journal. “At least partially. I wanted to be sure to talk to you about it. They’re just starting to serve the people breakfast downstairs. Shall we discuss it while we eat?” she proposed. “You’re welcome to come, too…um…Danny, was it?” she added, extending the invitation.

“Close…Daniel,” he corrected, standing and walking up to my side. “That sounds lovely.”

The three of us made our way down the stairs to the main room of the inn. A large crowd had gathered, everyone obviously awaiting their morning meals. Some people looked over at me when we walked in, but no one seemed to shrink away. There was a nearly-deafening level of noise inside the building as everyone was talking with one another – some shouting to ensure their voice was heard over the racket. It was not terribly comfortable for my ears; I started to feel a growing confusion as the noise overwhelmed me. I could feel an old rage building up; it wasn’t what I felt while fighting – not entirely. It felt like the curse was trying to take advantage of my confusion and reclaim my body. Is the potion starting to wear off?

“Do not forget your daily dose,” Krennan said, suddenly appearing behind us as if on cue. His voice made me jump.

“Oh…right…thank you,” I responded. I realized I had left my satchel up in the room.

Daniel looked at my waist and, as if reading my mind, declared, “I’ll go get it for you.” He scurried up the stairs.

“What a helpful lad,” Krennan commented.

I cleared my throat. “Um, Krennan…what would happen if I didn’t take the whole vial?” I asked.

“What do you mean?”

“Like, what if I only drank a little bit? Would I still lose control?” I clarified. “I just thought it would be good if…I don’t know…if I could conserve it a little bit.”

Krennan shook his head. “I would not recommend it. That dosage is meant to help you keep control for a full day. I don’t know what would happen if you didn’t take it all; it might not last as long…or it might be too weak to overpower the curse altogether.”

You should try it out. You should see how little of it you need,” the voice advised. I didn’t need to be able to sense its malicious intent to know why it wanted me to do that.

I knew I wouldn’t be able to hide the disappointment in my face. “Okay…thank you,” I responded; it wasn’t his fault, after all.

“I’m sorry; if there were any way I could thin it out, I would.”

“I understand.”

Krennan nodded and shuffled away. He’s such a strange, awkward man.

“Ah, good morning, Naomi!” Mayor Armstead greeted, walking up to me from the crowd of people. “It’s a little lively down here, this morning, isn’t it?”

“You could say that,” Lorna cut in. “How are you, this morning, Lady Armstead?”

“As well as can be expected, Lorna,” the mayor responded. “It’s been busy. Your father’s been an enormous help to me manage the stress,” she stated, directing the last addition toward me with a wink. I caught her meaning and shuffled a little uncomfortably.

“Any breakthroughs?” Lorna asked.

Mayor Armstead shook her head. “No. We just sent some scouts into the mountains to the east to see into these rumors of survivors. I’m hesitant to move our people through the Blackwald unless I know there’s somewhere safe for us to go.”

“What about the Forsaken? They’ll catch up with us soon, won’t they?”

“The scouts reported in this morning and informed me that they fell back after Koroth showed up and gave the scoundrels hell,” Mayor Armstead responded with a smile. “I hear we have you to thank for that,” she said, again addressing me.

“Koroth, huh?” Lorna mused. “You’ll have to tell me how you managed that one, sometime,” Lorna told me in admiration.

Daniel showed up with my satchel and handed me a vial from it. With a deep breath, I downed its contents and kept myself from gagging. Hey, look at the bright side…once we run out, I don’t need to drink this nasty stuff anymore. It was the smallest of silver linings, but it was there.

“Anyway, Naomi,” Mayor Armstead started, clearing her throat. “I have a surprise for you. Go get yourself some food and then come find me after you’re finished eating.”

“A surprise?” I repeated uncertainly.

“Think of it as a gift. But I’d better get back to the people; they’re not going to organize themselves. See you soon.” The mayor turned and started dodging through the crowd. A moment later, I could hear her commanding voice rise above the white noise and start directing the survivors around. Everyone quieted down the moment she started talking.

It was amazing seeing how quickly they complied with her instructions. We went to get in line for food along with the others. It took a little bit, but we were eventually able to get our breakfast. The noise level started rising gradually as Mayor Armstead stopped barking instructions. They were obviously starting to ration the portions out quite a bit and, sadly, there wasn’t any bacon. I know the mayor doesn’t want to move the people, but how long can we really stay here?

We took our food outside of the inn. It was strangely quiet; probably mostly in contrast to what it was like inside. There was a low stone wall across the road from the inn where we sat to eat. “So what did you find out?” I asked curiously while taking a bite.

Lorna nodded while she finished chewing. “Yeah. So, according to the journal, there were survivors of the curse in this town. But the worgen started showing up in the Blackwald and occasionally attacked the town. From what I can gather, most of the town left to join others in the mountains, in Tempest’s Reach. And by most of the town, I mean everyone…everyone except for the man who kept the journal; old man Bradshaw.”

“So there really are other survivors out there,” I echoed. While it didn’t really help my current situation, it was good to hear that more Gilneans may still have a chance to make it out of this.

“Sounds like it,” Lorna affirmed. “But that’s not the interesting part. So this guy, Bradshaw…well he noticed the worgen attacks had stopped all of a sudden. In the last entry, he talks about preparing to go into the Blackwald to investigate.”

“They just stopped?” I asked. “Is it because everyone left?” I mean, it made sense; if there was no food, why come around?

“That’s what I thought, but there was still plenty of food left behind by the people who evacuated to Tempest’s Reach. He wrote in his journal that he would inspect the town every day and could find no trace of worgen activity. It was like they stopped coming by altogether very suddenly.”

“Huh,” I grunted. “So where does this get us?”

Lorna shrugged her shoulders. “I’m not rightly sure. But Bradshaw lived in a mill just northeast of town. I’m sure it is abandoned now, but you could go see if you can find any clues there,” she suggested.

A mill. I thought back to the strange ending to my dream last night. Was that the place I had seen? I couldn’t think of any other place that might have fit that description. If it wasn’t Bradshaw’s mill, then it had to be a similar place nearby. It was the best plan I had.

“So there’s nothing about what happened to this Bradshaw guy?” Daniel wondered aloud.

Lorna shook her head. “No. Like I said, the last entry detailed his intent to investigate the Blackwald. There’s nothing after that.”

“Where did you find that journal, anyway?” he inquired.

“It was sitting on a table at the inn,” she responded. Her face became pensive.

“Don’t you think that’s odd?” Daniel pointed out.

I was confused. “Why would that be odd?” I asked, feeling a little more than foolish for not understanding. I could tell by the look on Lorna’s face that she understood his statement.

“Well, if Bradshaw lived in a mill to the northeast, and he didn’t write any entries after going into the Blackwald, how did the journal end up at the inn?” he explained, skeptically.

“And now that I think about it, the reason I was drawn to it was it looked out of place – like there was less dust on it than the rest of the building,” Lorna added distantly.

“You think someone planted it for us to find?” I concluded, doing the wolf-equivalent of raising an eyebrow.

“It looks that way,” Daniel stated. “Do you think it might be a trap?”

“A trap laid by who? The Forsaken were behind us before we came here. They couldn’t have planted it,” I reasoned. Maybe it was whoever that voice belonged to. She seemed to know me. Did she know I was coming? Was she trying to draw me out to that mill? For what purpose?

“The feral worgen, maybe?” Daniel shrugged, continuing to munch on his food. “Trying to bait out some food?”

“Speaking from experience, let me tell you feral worgen do not have the wherewithal to set something like that up,” I pointed out. “They’re kind of…basic.”

I’ll show you who’s basic when I am ripping your friends and family limb from limb.” The curse only proved my point; though, no one else was privy to that evidence.

“I’m going,” I declared. “I’ll check out what’s there and see where that takes me.” My voice was sure and resolute. I turned to Daniel. “I know we already do not have much time, but how do you feel about me being gone for a while?”

“To be honest, I’m getting more and more used to it,” Daniel laughed. “Besides, I planned on firing up the local forge again to see if I can make myself more useful around here. Just…promise me you’ll be careful.”

“I promise.” Well, if I run into Gwen out there, that promise will go out the window. My promises always seem to go out the window. At least I haven’t gone off and died…yet.

We continued discussing the journal’s contents and the plan while we finished our breakfasts. I, for one, was still quite hungry; but I wasn’t about to go begging for more than my share of food. Eventually, I decided it was time to find Mayor Armstead. Lorna indicated she wanted to go clean her rifle and left us as we went into the inn.

We were able to find the mayor at the back of the inn, finally able to take some time to take a seat. It was so early in the morning and she already looked completely exhausted. She looked up as we approached; I could see the stress on her face for a moment before she hid it with a smile. “Did you enjoy your food?” she asked politely.

Daniel and I exchanged quick glances. “It was lovely,” I responded while my stomach betrayed me by rumbling loudly.

Mayor Armstead let out a long sigh, running her hands through her hair. “I know, I know…we’re doing the best we can. I just hope this is all over soon.”

“I’m willing to wager you’re not alone on that one, ma’am,” Daniel threw in.

She forced a chuckle. “Yeah, I suppose you’re right.” She let out another long breath as she pushed herself to her feet. The tired woman turned her weary eyes on me. “You look like someone with a purpose,” she commented.

I briefly informed her of the plans to check out the mill. “For once, it sounds like a task that won’t likely get me killed,” I half-lied. If my suspicions were true, I would be having some company soon. I didn’t want to tell them about that. “But I wanted to stop by and check in with you before I left. You had mentioned something about a surprise?”

“Ah, yes. Please follow me,” she invited. Daniel and I followed her out of the inn and down the street towards the center of Stormglen. “After our little chat at the manor, I began speaking with the tradesmen who survived Duskhaven – which was most of them, by the way,” she added after seeing my expression. I had to force myself to remember what she was talking about. “The tanners and leatherworkers were able to whip something up that should be…functional for the time-being.” I vaguely remember having inquired about more substantial clothing.

She led us into a small building on the western side of the town square. A middle-aged couple sat within at a small table. My eyes were immediately drawn to a bundle on top of the table. After a moment, I forced myself to survey the rest of the room. It was dim, lit only by the sunlight coming in from the windows. A thick layer of dust and cobwebs had settled on most of the surfaces; though, the bed and table looked to have been cleaned off. I don’t know why I was surprised by the state of the structure; after all, it was abandoned along with everything else until we showed up. There was an assortment of strange-looking iron tools hanging on the wall or sitting on shelves. I was very unfamiliar with their function, but if I had to guess they were used for preparing and working with leather.

“So this is her,” the male in the couple declared as they both stood from their seats. “The only trustworthy worgen in the country.” I shuffled uncomfortably. It was reassuring to hear they trusted me, but I still picked up on his tone of disdain for my kind. “I’ll be honest, when the mayor asked us for help, I thought she was crazy!”

“Oh hush, Willard,” the woman scolded.

“I’m just saying, worgen are killing machines, Molly,” he replied to the woman. “An armored worgen? You have to admit, it sounds crazy.” A killing machine… I really didn’t like that.

“Willard!”

The man looked over at me. “Of course, you’re different,” he added hastily. “You’re alright.”

I couldn’t meet anyone’s gaze. His reassurance wasn’t entirely reassuring. No matter what I did, it didn’t seem to extinguish how people view the worgen. Sure, they might be nice to me; but deep down, they probably still see me as a monster.

“Just get her set up, will you?” Mayor Armstead sighed, sounding more than a little frustrated.

“Oh, alright!”

They skirted Daniel outside and closed the door. Willard looked away as Molly stripped my clothes from me. She helped fit me into a pair of leather pants and a leather cuirass. The top covered my breasts but left much of my midriff exposed. My arms were completely uncovered as well. The pants only went down to my knees. Then, Molly and Willard began lacing up some leather pads around my upper arms, forearms, and the lower half of my legs.

“Why is it so…exposed?” I asked cautiously, not wanting to insult them.

Mayor Armstead chose to answer the question. “They didn’t want to obstruct your range of motion. Given the time constraints, we didn’t really have much time to test out different designs, so they decided to leave your joints uncovered,” she explained, matter-of-factly. “But the rest of it should give you a bit more protection than the cotton clothing,” she pointed out.

I couldn’t argue with that. Though, if I ended up fighting against Gwen, it wouldn’t be that much protection from the claws and teeth of another worgen. I had a chilling reminder of the original outbreak in Gilneas City.

“Does everything fit alright?” Molly asked.

I moved around a bit. Nothing seemed to budge. “Feels like it,” I responded. “Thank you for this,” I made sure to add.

“Like I said, we were a little strapped for time. I’m sure we can make something a little more…complete next time,” Mayor Armstead assured me. I wondered if there actually would be an opportunity for a next time. “But this should be useful for your journey to the mill.”

I nodded and continued to thank the pair of trade-workers. I wanted to make sure they didn’t think I was dissatisfied with it. I also didn’t want to leave the impression that Willard’s comments had irked me…no matter how much they actually had.  They inspected my body, as if taking note of how my limbs actually bent. I wondered if they were planning the next suit of armor.

After a few more minutes, Mayor Armstead and I left the building and found Daniel outside. “If we had had the resources and time, I would have had something fashioned for you out of steel,” she commented as we put some distance between us and the leatherworkers. “But what do you think?”

“It’s snug, but not too tight,” I responded. “I think this should work well for the time being. Thank you.”

“I wish you luck in your investigation. Hopefully, it’ll help us figure out if it’s safe to keep moving forward.”

“I’ll let you know what I find,” I promised.

Mayor Armstead nodded. “Well, I had best go find the king and come up with a contingency plan,” she announced. “As always, stay safe.”

We said our farewells and then it was just Daniel and me again. “I have some work I need to get done, as well,” Daniel informed me. He stood facing me, looking around awkwardly. “I love you, poppet; come back to me.” He threw his arms around me and pulled his face into my chest.

I returned the embrace warmly. “I love you, too.” I was quiet for a moment. “Thank you for being here for me,” I finally added. I shuddered to think how I might feel differently about myself had he not been around to bolster my spirits with his unwavering optimism.

After a few more heartfelt moments, we parted and I began to walk northeast towards the end of town. Now that I was alone, my mind began to buzz with recollections of the dream and questions about what was going to happen when I got to the mill.

I passed by the stone wall that signaled the border of Stormglen. Beyond that lay a path leading directly into the dark trees. I took a deep breath before pressing forward. The moment I left the border of the town, I began to feel as if I was being watched. Is Gwen already on the prowl?

I looked around nervously as I entered the shadows of the twisted woods. The trees were eerie, especially with no leaves at this time of year. It was like the forest was diseased. I could hear something moving amongst the foliage, but it didn’t sound big enough to be of any consequence. Still, I was more than a little on edge.

I felt like I warily walked that path forever. Finally, the mill came into view. There was no doubt in my mind now that it was the same one from my dream. The windows were dark and the blades of the windmill were falling apart. There was a doorway facing me, and I could see the door hand fallen off its hinges into the overgrown grass next to the structure. The entire building looked like it was falling apart.  It creeped me out more than the trees of the Blackwald. To make matters worse, I still had the acute sense I was being watched…or hunted.

As I approached, I noticed a shadow move within the mill. I stopped and dropped low to the ground with my ears pulled back. Whatever was in there, I would be ready for it. For the next several moments, I waited; but there was no further movement. I inched forward cautiously, waiting for any additional sign of threats. Again, there was nothing.

It took pretty long to sneak up to the open entryway. I peered inside. It was dark, but I could make out a figure crouched down in the center of the bare room. This person wore a bright yellow cloak with a hood over its head. The cloak billowed out across the floor around the figure. Is it an enemy? It hasn’t noticed me yet. I shifted and stood up straight, my body casting a shadow into the room and over the figure.

In a smooth, fluid motion, the figure rose and turned while pulling the hood from its head. What in the… The figure – a woman, by the looks of it – was unlike anyone I’ve seen in Gilneas. She was tall; easily matching my height, if not passing it. The strange woman’s skin was a pale blue and completely devoid of blemish from what I could see of her face. She had long, silky purple hair that swayed unnaturally with each subtle movement. Her ears were incredibly long; much longer than mine, and hairless. Her eyes glowed with a light reminiscent of the moon. Around her eyes were red markings – tattoos, maybe.

“I’ve been expecting you, Naomi,” she greeted in the same smooth voice I remembered from my dream. “Do not be alarmed. My name is Belrysa, a Priestess of the Moon…a Kal’dorei…a night elf,” she explained calmly. I remembered reading of the night elves in the books my father brought home. They were from a land far to the west. What is she doing in Gilneas? “You might not know my people, but the destinies of our two races have been linked since the curse befell you.”

“The curse? Linked? What do you…” I started incredulously. I wasn’t completely sure I had heard what I thought I heard.

“I’m sure you have many questions. And they will be answered in time,” Belrysa interrupted. “I know why you’re here and what you’re looking for…” You do? I don’t even really know what I’m looking for. “I can’t lead you there with the enemy tracking you. One of Sylvanas’ scouts have been following your tracks,” she informed me in a grim tone.

My body tensed up and I began trying to listen for the sounds of danger; I spun around and surveyed the shadowy trees behind me. I couldn’t see anything, but there was a much more weight on that feeling I was being watched. Is it another one of those rangers? I shuddered, remembering my encounter with one the other day.

“You can’t lead the Forsaken to the place you seek,” Belrysa added.

“How am I supposed to shake them?” I inquired earnestly.

Belrysa produced an amulet made of a strange material; it was smooth and warm to the touch and appeared to glow with moonlight. “Take this talisman and walk along the road just north of here. The ranger will be waiting for you there. Let her lure you to her trap and use the power of the talisman to free yourself. The rest…well, I trust you already know what you must do.”

I nodded while I stared at the talisman, stroking it with my finger. “How do I use its power?” I wondered aloud.

Belrysa smiled and told me a short incantation. As she spoke, the talisman glowed more brightly and then emitted a pulse that felt like a warm wind across my fur. My vision momentarily was enveloped by a flash of white.  “That will ensure her trap cannot hold you for long. Go now; we will go together into the forest once your pursuer has been dealt with.”

I left the mill and followed the stone road to the north. It led down a steep hill and around underneath the Bradshaw mill. I was close to another tree-line. These trees looked much more shadowy and sinister. It gave me chills.

Suddenly, as I walked cautiously along the path, I heard a loud snap and my feet became frozen solid. I looked down in horror as I watched magical ice begin to climb up my legs. My paws quickly became numb as a wave of cold washed over my body. When the ice reached my knees, a short, lithe figure wearing a black hooded cloak stepped out from behind one of the gnarled trunks. I couldn’t help but notice she somewhat resembled the night elf I had just met but was much, much smaller.

“Foolish beast,” it laughed with an eerie voice I had hoped to forget since the first time I heard the likes of it when Gilneas was invaded. “The cowards should never have let you off the leash to wander away,” she taunted. I let out a distressed whine, wanting to let the ranger think she had won. At the same time, I did take the statement at least a little to heart.

The ice had reached my waist. My whine became less and less of an act as my nerves cried out from the cold. She walked closer. “I’ll admit: your kind is a wondrous weapon. To think, a nothing like you could become such a problem for us…just because you got some claws,” she continued. “Just think what my Dark Lady will be able to achieve when we can wield that power. What was that? What exactly do these freaks have planned?

The ice reached my boobs. Well, I think that’s about enough of that. She wasn’t close enough for me to strike right away, but if I waited much longer, I wouldn’t be able to use the talisman. Clutching the talisman in my hand, I muttered the incantation under my breath. The talisman glowed and pulsed. Immediately, the ice shattered and warmth returned to my body immediately. I fell down onto all fours for a moment, balance thrown off by the sudden use of my legs.

The expression on the ranger’s face was absolutely priceless: an amusing combination of surprise and fear. “How did you…?” she trailed off, hopping back away from me before I could lash out at her. She continued to back up near the edge of the trees. I could hear a low snarl rumbling from the shadows of the woods. “It doesn’t matter. I don’t need a trap to defeat you,” the dark ranger claimed, pulling out her bow and readying an arrow with terrifying swiftness.

I found my footing and readied myself to dodge her arrow. My eyes were focused on the enemy in front of me, but I became increasingly aware of the noises coming from the trees. Something else is coming.

“Filthy mongrel; I’ll put you down like the beast you are,” the undead scout spat.

A dark blur launched out of the tree line and crashed into the ranger, who crumpled to the ground under the force.  A sickening crunch echoed across the sky. I let my muscles relax for a moment before I realized what had happened. There was a very-naked worgen hunched over the now-motionless body of the dark ranger. Its – or, more accurately, her – terrible jaws were around the Forsaken’s skull. The worgen jerked her head to the side and the ranger’s leg twitched automatically.

After a moment, the worgen turned to me, crouched low to the ground on all-fours. She bared her teeth and resumed the vicious snarl I heard a moment earlier. Even from this distance, I recognized a wild edge to her eyes that was in addition to the pure rage that normally filled the eyes of a feral worgen. That’s her…I know it.

“Gwen!” I entreated, hoping that my friend was somewhere in there; that she could hear me.

For a moment, I saw her ears twitch and her snarl lessen somewhat, but she quickly regained her threatening composure. I moved slowly and brought my hands up, displaying my palms towards the enraged worgen before me. “Gwen, it’s me. It’s Naomi,” I called desperately. I really don’t want to fight you. Again, her face changed for a moment before the curse took full control again.

Without warning, Gwen sprinted towards me. I barely had time to react before she leapt on top of me. I fell to the ground as her body collided with me. I managed to get my arm up and wedged my forearm just beneath her neck. She snarled and snapped her jaws at me over and over, trying to get those massive teeth around my throat.

“G-Gwen!” I gasped, struggling to push her back. “Don’t you recognize me?” Her teeth were mere inches from my flesh. “Don’t you recognize me?” Well, probably not. I wouldn’t recognize me. “Gwen, please!” She was relentless though.

Once she realized she wasn’t going to be able to sink her teeth into my neck so easily, Gwen lashed out with her claws. I raised my other arm to try to protect my face just as a set of claws tore into my arm at my elbow. I winced and my arms faltered ever so slightly. But it was enough for Gwen to win the struggle. I desperately rolled to the side to avoid having my throat ripped out.

She’s going to kill me, I realized as those razor-sharp teeth sank into my shoulder. I let out a piercing yelp in agony. Then something unexpected happened; as if in response to my cry, Gwen’s jaws released their mighty hold. Without questioning it, I put all of my force into shoving her off of me.

Scrambling up onto two paws, I stood there, eyes fixated on Gwen. She hopped up onto all fours and stared back at me. There’s something strange in her eyes…pain? Regret? Had I actually reached her? I could feel something warm and wet starting to run down my left arm. I moved my arm around and winced again; I could move it, but it hurt like hell.

I could hear a low laughter in the back of my brain. The curse was happy about something. “Bitten once again,” I almost sang. ”It’s all a matter of time, now.”  My chest tightened when I realized what it must have meant. Had I just received a second dose of the curse? Did it work like that? Would Krennan’s serum be able to hold it off? How long would I have?

Then, my questioning turned to anger. I will not let you take control. I took several deep breaths, still staring down my friend. How dare you think you can control me? I will never let you imprison me in my own body again! As the anger grew, a growl rumbled out of my throat. The rage began to consume me, but not in the same way when the curse had taken over; it was more like when I had been fighting the Forsaken.

A strange sizzling noise met my ears, distracting me for a moment from the worgen in front of me. My arm felt weird; not painful, but sort of numb. I inspected my shoulder and could actually see the puncture wounds starting to close; the flow of blood quickly stopped. I don’t know how my body was regenerating so quickly, but I didn’t really have the focus to figure it out at the moment. My eyes snapped back to Gwen. Reasoning with her won’t work. I have to try something else. The growl turned into a full on snarl. Here goes nothing.

I dashed towards her. She readied herself and met my charge. What happened after, I wasn’t entirely sure. There was a flurry of fur, claws, and teeth. My rage reached what felt like it had to be critical mass. I was moving faster than normal, dodging her swipes and doing what I could to deliver blows of my own without resorting to the use of my claws. The last thing I wanted to do was kill her.

Her claws connected with me again, this time across my belly. With a yelp, I jumped back for a breather. Gwen fell onto all fours and her muscles visibly tensed up. She was panting heavily.

My mind was still racing, trying to figure out what to do. All the while, I could hear the voice of the curse taunting me, not the least bit worried about my resolve. Its voice slowly started to get louder. It made it more difficult to think.

I clutched my stomach for a moment. It didn’t feel like the wound was that deep; it bled a little, but not as bad as my shoulder had a moment before. I should be fine. And at least she didn’t hit one of my extra nips; that probably would have hurt. I let my arm fall to my side. At that point, my wrist brushed up against my satchel, which was attached to my belt at my side. The remaining potion vials… They had used a large dose of the serum to bring me back; I wondered if it could do the same for Gwen.

Gwen charged at me again, tearing me away from my thoughts. I stepped to the side and swung at her; but I forgot to close my fist and my claws caught her on the back. She emitted a distressed yelp when she hit the ground. Turning towards me while releasing quiet whimpers, she stared defiantly up at me before roaring and sprinting off into the trees.

I can’t lose her! I gave chase, quickly falling to sprint on all fours after her. It was the only way I could possibly keep up. My belly ached as I propelled myself further; the wound may have been opening with the strain. I prayed I wouldn’t bleed out before I had a chance to get to her.

I was gaining on her, somehow, as we darted between the twisted tree-trunks. She didn’t go particularly deep into the Blackwald; instead, she kept changing directions, skirting along the outer rim. Finally, I was close enough to attack. Leaping forward, I dug my claws into the back of her shoulders and slammed her into the ground. She howled in pain and struggled to escape my grasp. In one quick motion, I spun her onto her back and straddled her belly to keep her from standing up or slipping away.

She twisted and roared in distress, trying to wrench herself free, but I held down her arms, my claws tearing into her biceps to anchor my grasp. I could feel blood oozing out of the wound onto my hands.

“I’m sorry, Gwen. I don’t want to hurt you,” I told her as calmly as I could, despite the adrenaline raging through my veins. Again, I could hear the strange sizzling noise and the wound on my stomach stop hurting almost altogether. “This is for your own good.”

Suddenly, my vision started to go red and I started snarling. I couldn’t stop myself. I could feel a malicious intent building up. It wanted to rip out my captive prey’s throat and assert my dominance as the alpha. No! I am in control, not you! My will overpowered it – this time – and my sight returned to normal. It was clear the curse was gaining in strength.

I tried to take full measure of my breathing while I waited for Gwen to stop struggling. I need to find a way to get her to take the potion. I blinked. But…if I give it all to her, there won’t be any left for me. And then we’ll both be wild in a day’s time anyway. I didn’t know what to do. No matter what I did, everything just seemed so futile. Either I end her nightmare and I go back to mine in a week’s time, or I deliver her to sanity and we both keep it for a day…if that long. I made my decision: I’d rather spend one final day with my best friend as herself than to suffer through this without her.

Cautiously, I let go of her arm so that I could get to my satchel. She immediately took the opportunity to swipe at me. I bent back to avoid her swing and then grabbed hold of her wrist and dragged it back to the ground. I shifted my weight so that I could bring a paw up to pin her arm down. It was definitely a very awkward kneeling position. I kept talking to her – trying to soothe her fury – but it didn’t seem to help; she kept thrashing and trying to get free.

I fumbled with my satchel, trying to get the vials out. I felt a burning in the back of my brain; the curse was gaining steam and trying to reclaim my body for its own nefarious purposes. I wouldn’t let it do that. Not yet.

I managed to get one out and carefully removed the cork with my teeth. This was hard to do with one hand. “This is going to taste disgusting,” I warned as I tried to hold the vial over her mouth. Gwen continued to thrash about, this time more vehemently. Her head jerked around, making it damn near impossible to get a good angle.

I thought about the day they gave me my first dose. It was easier with me in the stocks, but I was still pretty resistant. The king had to grab my jaw. With a sigh, I shuffled around again to free my other hand. I was now standing on both of Gwen’s upper arms, near her shoulders. I could feel her flailing her body back and forth to try to free herself. It was hard to keep my balance, but I had to do it.

Squatting down, I grabbed hold of the base of Gwen’s jaw and forced her to face up. By applying a little pressure, I was able to force her mouth open and keep it that way. “I’m really sorry about this. You’ll thank me soon…I hope.”

Carefully, I poured the contents of the vial into her open mouth. Gwen made this awful gargling sound as she tried desperately not to swallow the foul liquid. “Drink it down,” I pleaded, massaging her throat with the back of my other hand. Finally, I felt her swallow.

One by one, I poured the vials from my satchel into her mouth and massaged it down her throat. I hoped I had enough to give her body back to the real Gwen…and not too much to kill her. I had no idea what the right dosage was for this. Before too long, my satchel was empty. My only chance at remaining remotely human was spent. One way or another, it was over.

I stepped off of Gwen, who immediately rolled over onto her front and began sputtering and gagging. She tried to stand, but fell back to the ground. She seemed to become weaker by the second. I couldn’t help but notice a small pool of blood on the ground where she had been laying. I could see blood staining the fur on her back where I had swiped her earlier.

Moments later, Gwen collapsed and lay still. If it weren’t for the subtle rising and falling of her back, I would have been convinced I had killed her. Breathing hard, I plopped down beside her. I rolled her over and placed her head on my lap. Her face was peaceful.

A deep sadness bubbled up from my heart. She got herself infected because she was looking for me after Gilneas City. I was the reason she was so lost and alone for so long. I arched my back a little and threw my head upwards, letting out a long, somber howl that echoed through the trees. A shiver rand down my back while I did it; it was always a little strange to hear myself make such wild noises.

After I was finished, I turned my attention back to my unconscious friend. Gently, I ran my hands through her fur and disheveled hair. I continued to gaze into her quiet face. I hope you’re this calm when you wake up.

She’ll be weak. I’ll be able to tear her apart easier than a baby.”

I tried to ignore the voice, but I couldn’t deny it was stronger than ever. I could still feel its influence growing. I continued to pet – for lack of a better word – my best friend. Tears gathered in my eyes as I thought about everything that I had lost and was about to lose.

I heard footsteps nearby and turned towards them. Belrysa glided across the ground with an eerie grace. “I began to worry when I heard the fight,” she commented in her calm, soothing voice. She knelt down beside us. “It is such a tragedy what happens when the curse takes hold.” She spoke with such certainty and compassion; as if she had seen it firsthand.  “It is also tragic when they wake up, as if from a terrible nightmare, and are faced with the horrors of what they had done.”

“How do you know so much about me? About my kind?” I asked, voice wavering.

“I told you already: the destinies of our two races intertwined the moment the curse swept through your homeland. Now, there are others like you. And they, too, were lost and confused. I was among those who saw to their convalescence personally,” she explained. Convalescence? “I can only imagine how you must have felt with the rest of your people – alone, different…like there was nowhere you belonged.” I stared down at Gwen, the night elf’s words hitting too close to home for my comfort. “But there is a place where you belong.” My ears perked up and I stared back up at Belrysa. “Tal’doren, the wild home. It was once home to an order of druids who took the shape of wolves…a long, long time ago in a different age. It is there that you will find the answers you seek. It is also there that you will find someone who can offer guidance,” she stated.

“Who?” I asked, terribly confused.

She gave me a warm smile. “An old friend,” she responded cryptically. “Come, let me take you there.”

“I can’t leave without her,” I declared. I didn’t care about getting my answers if I couldn’t bring Gwen with.

“I understand. This one has been a blight upon these woods for some time. She was so good at hiding when we looked for her. I know they will be happy for the opportunity to help her. We were afraid that…another course of action would have to be taken,” she stated solemnly.  “We will ensure her safe delivery to Tal’doren.”

Something heavy hit the ground behind us and I jumped. I twisted around as best I could and saw a large male worgen walk up to us. Unlike the typical feral worgen, this one still wore clothes; and it walked much more calmly than I would have expected. He circled around to my front and bent down, reaching for Gwen. I threw my arms over her to shield her from him.

“It is alright,” Belrysa assured me. “I told you you are not alone.”

Hesitantly, I leaned back and allowed the other worgen to hoist her motionless body up in his arms. I stood up and stared at the worgen man who had Gwen. “Hurt her, and I’ll tear you apart,” I threatened. I don’t know why I was feeling so hostile. He just grunted a chuckle and turned away from me.

“Let us go,” Belrysa invited.

We walked together through the trees. The worgen who held Gwen stayed in my sight at all times. I needed to ensure my friend’s safety. She still seemed to be breathing and occasionally would move on her own, but she did not regain consciousness. Belrysa walked beside me. I noticed now that she made no sound while she moved. She must have intentionally made sound earlier to keep from setting me off.

As we made our way deeper into the Blackwald, the trees changed. There were actually signs of life, but the leaves that covered the branches were dark purple – or maybe black; I couldn’t be sure. That in combination with their twisted, gnarled shapes made them much stranger and, frankly, creepier than the leafless trees along the edges. Gigantic vines began to weave around the trees, their massive tendrils strangling much of the nearby foliage. More resilient bushes sprung up between them.

I can feel it. It is only a matter of time before I have you again. This time, I will take it all.”

Belrysa placed a slender hand on my shoulder. “I sense a great deal of conflict in your mind,” she observed in a quiet voice. “You must find balance. Breathe, long and slow. Something so simple can be so powerful in stemming the progression of the curse. At least for a time.” It was strange advice, but I tried it. Oddly enough, when I focused on breathing, the burning in the back of my mind became less of a problem.

“Thanks,” I muttered.

“It will only work for a short time. We must get you to Tal’doren immediately,” she warned.

“How much longer?” I asked. We had been walking for what had to have been hours. I began to worry that Gwen hadn’t awoken yet. But we were following an obviously tame worgen. There must be someone who can help us!

“We are close now. Tal’doren is just beyond these trees.” That had to be the most unhelpful description I have ever heard. There are trees everywhere!

A few minutes later, we came to a large opening in the trees. “By the Light,” I gasped out of sheer wonder. In the center of the clearing was a truly gargantuan tree. But it was more than that. Dazzling water that glowed like the moon cascaded down its side as if there were a river at the top of the tree. The water ran off the edge and into a shimmering mote that surrounded the base of the massive trunk. There were stone columns and arches of an ancient and ornate design embedded along the height of the tree. I could feel calming energy radiating from this place.

Belrysa led the way as we approached the tree. I could see multiple worgen standing guard at the base of the tree where there seemed to be some sort of large opening underneath the trunk. What this place used to be, I was not completely sure I understood, but now it appeared to be some sort of sanctuary for my kind.

As we approached this opening, a large worgen stepped out. His muscles were something to behold and he walked with a commanding presence. It was reminiscent of the alpha that we had fought on the roof of the prison in the city. An eye-patch covered one of his eyes.

“Light be praised,” the impressive specimen of a worgen stated in a rough and forceful voice. “You’re all right, Naomi Malmin! I have been waiting for this day for a long time. It is truly great to see you, my old friend.”

“Wha…?” My mind was starting to try to put things together.

“It’s been a long time since Light’s Dawn.”

My eyes widened in realization and recognition. This massive worgen with his stone-carved muscles and aura of strength and leadership was, indeed, what Belrysa had called him: and old friend. For so long, I had suspected he was dead and hoped I was wrong. But here he was.

The worgen standing before me was none other than Lord Darius Crowley.


Go to Directory                                Next Chapter –>

The Fall of Gilneas

Chapter 10: Poking the Ettin

I followed Queen Mia back into the manor’s entrance hall. Citizens stared at us curiously as we passed. We must have been a strange pair to behold – a worgen and a monarch. She stopped at the foot of the massive staircase and turned around. “My husband is in the observatory up the stairs. Just keep going up until you can’t anymore,” she informed me before giving me more specific directions. “Whether or not you can get him to come down, I thank you for trying.”

I nodded, bowed, and began my ascension. The carpeted steps felt astoundingly soft on the pads of my paws and my hand easily glided along the marble banister. I turned my eyes towards the top of the stairs and examined a large portrait on the wall of the Greymane family – Genn, Mia, Liam, and little Tess. I knew very little of the princess other than hearing of the health problems she’d had a few years back around the time she was born. I wondered if she was running around the halls of the manor somewhere. I wondered what Liam was doing – if he’d cut back on the drinking. He was such a mess last time I saw him. I shuddered to think what he might do now that Duskhaven had fallen, too.

Finally, I reached the landing of the next floor and walked down the hall to the right. Before long, there was an open door on the left leading out onto a large, outdoor section of the house. At the end of that pathway stood a massive stone tower perched on the edge of the cliff-side and overlooking the sea. There were no other structures that looked more like an observatory, so I made my way towards it. Inside, there was a long, winding staircase up to the top. These stairs were significantly less comfortable and quite a bit more claustrophobic than those in the grand hall.

As I climbed, I found my breaths becoming more jagged and my heart-rate increasing. Why am I feeling so freaked out? It started to feel as if the walls were closing in around me. I kept my eyes focused forward, or else I feared I would become dizzy. After what felt like forever, I reached the top of the stairs and was confronted with a large wooden door.

Reaching for the handle, I pulled; but the door wouldn’t budge. That was when I remembered the queen mentioning the king had locked himself in the observatory. Well aren’t I just cork-brained? I knocked on the door, my ears able to hear the noise echoing through the chamber.

“Leave me be,” I could hear the king’s call from the other side. “I am not interested in counsel.”

“My King!” I yelled, hoping he could hear me as clearly as I heard him. “It’s Naomi Malmin!” I imagined he could tell I wasn’t completely human from the quality of my voice. Though, I had noticed I was consistently sounding more and more like myself. Maybe I’m just getting used to it. “Queen Mia asked me to…” I stopped abruptly as I heard the sound of the door lock being released.

The heavy door swung open and I found myself confronted with the weary face of King Greymane. He looked like he had not slept in some time and white stubble had spread across his strong chin. “It is you. Thank the Light you survived yesterday’s unpleasantness,” he commented in a tired voice. He invited me in to the observatory.

The room was open, for the most part, with the exception of the wall containing the door. There were several looking glasses along the railing that ran around the circular watchtower. There was a massive telescope in the center of the room going through the roof and pointed at the sky.

“I had heard that you survived the initial dose of Krennan’s treatment. My apologies for not coming to see you; I’ve had…things to deal with,” he said cryptically as I followed him in. “And, of course, with yesterday’s attack and the people gathering here, I’ve been wracking my brain trying to figure out a solution.”

“I understand, sir,” I responded. I could only imagine the stress all of this was putting on him. A question bubbled into my mind. “Um, sir?”

“Hmm?” he grunted, turning towards me.

“You knew who I really was when I was still…you know…feral,” I started. “How…how could you tell it was me?”

He let out a low chuckle. “I can’t say I’m surprised by your confusion. Worgen do retain some features of their human form; the eyes, for instance,” the king pointed out. Do I really still have my eyes? Then again, other people have recognized me after a while. It made a bi of sense. But why would the king of Gilneas know my eyes? “But that wasn’t really how I knew. I could feel your spirit – the spirit of a warrior – fighting against the curse,” he added, as if sensing my confusion. It was then I remembered Lady Armstead had mentioned that King Greymane was like me. “And you were obviously not my old friend and adversary, so I knew it had to be you.”

“You mean Lord Crowley?”

“Yes…when I came across you, I felt something I hadn’t felt around any other Gilnean citizen with the exception of Darius,” he stated. “So when I felt that again after you were found, I knew who you were, instantly.”

“You said you could feel me fighting the curse. Does that mean…can I keep control of myself?” I asked hopefully.

His face dropped. “It’s…possible…You have a strong spirit, that’s for sure, but it is still a little rough around the edges. Had you had some training, I would say definitely.” He looked at me and saw my defeated expression. “I am in no way saying you are weak…the curse is simply too overpowering. I imagine there are few in this world that are powerful enough to completely take control of it,” he added. His eyes darted away from me for a moment. “Only a few…”

I let out a long sigh and we fell silent for a moment. “The queen sent me to see if you will come and make an appearance for the people,” I finally announced, remembering why I am here.

His face was stone set. “I’m sure she did,” he sighed. “But I have nothing to tell them…I’ve run through the situation over and over and over in my head and I can’t think of an appropriate course of action. Armstead wants us to bunker down and wait things out, but the truth is all the Forsaken need to do is starve us out. Godfrey wants me to release the ferals on the Forsaken to soften them up before sending in our remaining militia, but…I can’t just sacrifice my people like that…” It was somewhat heartwarming to hear the king refer to the feral worgen as ‘my people.’

“What about heading into the Blackwald? What if we took shelter in Stormglen?” I offered hopefully. That would possibly put me closer to wherever Gwen is.

He shook his head. “The thought had crossed my mind, but…” He let out a long sigh. “Having no contact with Stormglen, we have no idea what dangers we would encounter on the journey.”

“Wouldn’t the unknown possibility of danger be better than the identified and imminent threat from the undead?” I asked.

“Perhaps it would,” he grunted. “But the people look to me to lead them to safety…I want to be damn sure I’m leading them to safety.” The king ran his hands through his grey hair. I could see the frustration clearly on his face. Thank the Light I don’t have this level of responsibility. “And on top of that…I have to decide whether or not to tell the people.”

“Tell them what?”

“That Duskhaven is gone,” he stated solemnly.

“Gone?” I gasped.

He nodded. “Take a look,” he invited, indicating to one of the looking glasses facing towards the south.

Hesitantly, I approached the little telescope and pressed my eye up against the looking glass. I let out another gasp; Duskhaven was completely under water, not unlike what had happened to the coast. There was a single standing structure perched on a bit of land that had not been swallowed by the sea. Around it, there was nothing but water and floating debris – remnants of a decimated city.

“The earthquakes were unrelenting and the earth simply continued to crumble into the sea,” King Greymane commented.

“We’re right on the cliff’s edge,” I realized out loud, moving away from the telescope and running over to another railing, leaning over it to try to catch a glimpse below me. “Is the mountain still…solid?” I couldn’t see any evidence of the rock-face weakening.

“As far as I can tell, the mountain has not started to break apart,” he assured me. “But you’re right…if the ground is becoming unstable, who knows how long we’ll be safe here.”

“Maybe we’ll have no choice but to make for Stormglen.”

He heaved a sigh. “Perhaps you’re right.”

The king started pacing back and forth around the observatory. I could tell he was deep in thought, so I decided not to try to distract him. “If only the archmage were still here…he could get us out,” I overheard him mumbling to himself.

That triggered memories of something a couple others had mentioned to me in the past. Prince Liam had talked about experiments going wrong; Mayor Armstead alluded to some level of guilt. I want to find out what’s going on. I need to know. “Sir,” I started, swallowing hard before I continued. “Who is Archmage Arugal? And…what does he have to do with the curse?” I held my breath, hoping I hadn’t asked too much.

King Greymane immediately stopped pacing and turned towards me with a morose expression. “You’re so young; how do you know that name?” he inquired.

“It’s come up a couple times…I was told to ask you,” I responded, wondering if and why he was stalling.

The king let out a monstrous sigh. “I suppose it would. Archmage Arugal was a man very gifted in the arcane arts. Originally, he was sent to us from Dalaran to train Gilneas’ mages; however, over time, he became an important member of my council. When we built the wall – when we closed off the country – Arugal worked tirelessly to figure out some way of protecting the people who were stranded north of the wall. He began talking about these dreams and visions of creatures from another plane of existence and asked for leave to travel and research these visions further.”

Visions? Dreams? It was sort of bizarre to hear. Or, at least, it would have been if I hadn’t seen the things I had recently. It would have been stranger if my body wasn’t the way it was now. I heard a constant, dull hum coming from the west.

“He was gone for two years before finally returning with his answers. He had traveled far to the south and had come across a strange artifact – a scythe of some sort. It had the strange power of bringing these beasts – the original worgen – to Azeroth,” the king explained.

“He brought them here?” I blurted. “Why in the name of the Light would he bring such vicious things here?”

“They weren’t wild; not at first. They were completely obedient to Arugal, as he held the artifact; he brought them here. So I sent Arugal north of the wall, to Pyrewood Village. Baron Silverlaine took Arugal in. For years, the worgen protected our people to the north from the onslaught of the Scourge.”

“What happened?” I could feel myself becoming more and more irritated. The king knew about the worgen. He actually sent Arugal to bring more of them? The hum was gradually getting louder.

 The king shook his head. “I don’t know. Arugal used to report in every month. Then he stopped. I don’t know if he’s dead or…One thing is for sure: at some point, the worgen stopped obeying him. And then…well…”

“They came here,” I growled. Anger bubbled up in me. King Greymane ordered the building of the wall, cutting those people off…he sent Arugal to build an arm of worgen to fix his mistake…It all leads back to Greymane. I could hear the voice in my head laughing at my mounting anger.

In an instant, I lashed out and got a large hand around the king’s neck, much like I had with Lord Godfrey in the cellar. My grip was firm, but not quite enough to really choke him; I had enough control for that. I could hear my own loud panting. What…what am I doing?

It would be so easy. Strangle him. Throw him from the tower! No one will know!”

How did I get to this point? I thought about what Mayor Armstead had said to me. If I blamed the king for all of this, I couldn’t not blame myself for what I did as a worgen. Besides, he was only doing what he thought was best for his people.

“Because I like you…I’m going to ask you this kindly,” the king gasped. His eyes snapped open and I was confronted with vicious, dominating eyes. “Release me,” he demanded with a strong growl.

I immediately let go, backing away with my ears down. I let out a low whimper. What did I see in those eyes? They were somehow different from how they usually looked. I saw a familiar rage and ferociousness there that struck fear directly into my core.

“I’m…I’m sorry,” I sputtered, deeply ashamed. How did I let myself do something like that? I can’t believe I just assaulted the king.

King Greymane covered his face with one hand and took several deep breaths. Before too long, he opened his eyes – they were normal. “I understand your reaction,” he stated, having to raise his voice to be heard above the growing humming noise. “Please, don’t worry yourself over…” The hum had turned into a deep, sustained roar. “What in blazes is that bloody sound?”

We both ran over to the railing facing west. “By the Light,” the king and I both gasped in tandem.

A huge object emerged from the low clouds off the coast of Gilneas. It looked like a boat being held in the air by two massive balloons that floated above it. The wood of the ship was lined with metal and spikes. Even at this distance, I could see the impressive collection of cannons and weaponry that lined its hull and deck. Below it, a fleet of Forsaken warships charged forward towards the shore. The Forsaken that had attacked yesterday were little more than a scouting force. This was their full force – the invading army. And they were coming for us.

“How are we going to be able to fight that?” I wondered out loud. We barely repelled two ships!

King Greymane shook his head solemnly. “We have no choice now. We must move further inland. I don’t like it one bit, but…we’re far too vulnerable here; especially with that airship out there. We have to make for Stormglen; maybe the mountains and forest will offer some protection,” he stated.

I nodded. “What do you need me to do?” I asked.

“Get yourself down to the stables below the manor and get yourself out of here. We have to get everyone on carriages and send them eastbound. I pray it’s not too late,” he responded.

“You’re coming to, right?”

“Of course,” he affirmed.

We both swiftly made our way down the winding stairs, back into the manor and down the stairs. Queen Mia was still waiting near the stairs. Her face lit up when she saw us, but quickly fell when she noticed her husband’s expression. He quickly told her what we saw.

“I’ll begin moving people to the livery,” Queen Mia offered. “Please, Miss Naomi; make your way down there immediately and get on the first carriage possible.”

I wasn’t about to argue with her, having seen the invading fleet. But I couldn’t leave without finding my father and Daniel. I had to make sure they made it out, too. ”I will,” I promised. I spun and jogged away.

I ducked into a side room in search of the others. I couldn’t find any sign of my father or Daniel. I darted from room to room. Word of the new evacuation rippled through the crowds and people started to move out towards the exits. Instead of fighting against the tide of citizens, I followed them outside. I dodged around some people to get away.

“Naomi!” I heard Daniel call out. I turned and saw him slowly making his way through the crowd towards me.

“Have you seen my father?” I asked immediately when he reached me.

“I think he was heading towards the stables already,” he responded. “Come on,” he urged.

I complied and we made our way down the stairs to the stables. As we reached the structure, the first carriage began to roll through the gates down the trail. I could see people sitting on the roof of the carriage. They’re really packing us in these things!

My father was waiting down below, lingering off to the side. He caught sight of me. “There you are! I figured this was the best place to wait for you. Now, let’s get going; I’m not letting you stay behind and fight again,” he nearly scolded.

“Daddy, I know,” I sighed, a little embarrassed by his tone. “I have no intention on sticking around here.”

“Well…lovely,” he responded, pushing me forward.

We found a carriage that still had room. Given my size, I felt obligated to let Daniel and my father get in the carriage while I stayed outside. I rounded the side of the carriage and found Lorna Crowley sitting beside Marie Allen on the driver’s bench of the stage-coach.

“Hop on up,” Lorna invited. I gratefully climbed up next to her. “I’m glad you finally get to take the easy way like the rest of us.”

“Excuse me, Miss Naomi,” Krennan called, walking up alongside me. “I was able to prepare this for you earlier,” he told me, holding up a small satchel. It’s the serum I asked for. “Just in case you were to get separated from us.”

“Thank you.” I slung the strap over my shoulder.

“Come along, Krennan; let’s find a seat on the back,” Mayor Armstead encouraged, coming up behind Krennan. The old alchemist nodded and they disappeared behind the carriage.

A few more Gilnean citizens packed into the carriage and a couple militia-looking types with rifles climbed up on top. At least we have some protection. It felt good to be with the rest of the group for once. The carriage ahead of us took off, clearing the path.

“Off we go. Yah!” Lorna shouted, enticing the horses forward. I nearly fell out of my seat as the carriage lurched violently into motion. It was almost painful to my sensitive ears hearing the clattering of the wooden wheels on the cobblestone below.

As we reached the end of the summit and began down the mountain trail, the carriage picked up speed – so much so that there seemed to be a slowly growing slack on the horses’ harnesses. We sped off to the east. There came a fork in the path – one heading steeper down the mountain towards what used to be Duskhaven; the other heading towards the King’s Gate.

The trail turned from cobblestone to dirt as we sped towards the massive bridge that was the top of the King’s Gate. It offered my ears a brief reprieve from the sound before hitting the stone top of the gate.

As we crossed over King’s Gate, I stole a glance down towards where Duskhaven would have been – nearly a hundred feet below. My eyes widened. Already, I could see Forsaken soldiers on the march near the water’s new shoreline. They must have been preparing to march on the manor and were merely waiting for the reinforcements required to completely overwhelm us. I was sure they could see the line of carriages making their swift escape. Thank the Light they didn’t try to set up camp outside of the manor before the rest of their forces arrived. Taking out their leadership might actually have helped out. But that would be changing as soon as new leaders came with the ships.

The path down through the mountains on the other side of King’s Gate was steep, winding, and littered with rocks, creating a turbulent and nerve-wracking descent into the unknown. The carriage leaned dangerously as we rounded a turn. I hope those guys on top are okay. I didn’t dare look behind me to check, though. I kept my eyes focused forward to keep from my stomach becoming too unsettled.

As we left the mountain pass, I noticed a pair of tracks running off the cliff towards the swamps below. My stomach churned painfully; I had a bad feeling those tracks were fresh.

“Watch out!” Lorna screamed.

I turned just in time to duck as a massive boulder whizzed past where my head had been moments before. I didn’t have a chance to see what threw it, but I had a good idea. These mountains were home to a tribe of ill-tempered ogres under the leadership of an even more ill-tempered ettin.

The end of the mountain trail came into sight – the spot where we reached normal soil. I could see a downed carriage up ahead, lying on its side. There were people cowered behind it. Hulking, humanoid creatures stood on the mountain cliffs to the south, yelling and laughing as they hurled boulders down below.

“Up ahead!” Marie Allen called out.

“I see them,” Lorna assured her.

“Should we stop and help?” I asked.

“It’s too dangerous; we’d risk the whole carriage,” Lorna responded, her voice rife with regret.

I looked ahead. Someone has to help. I caught sight of a young man dressed in royal garb. Prince Liam? The prince is stranded down there? Or…maybe he jumped off his transport to help. I wouldn’t have put that past him, the reckless fool. He constantly threw himself between the danger and the people. Yet another stupid idea popped into my head. I readied myself.

“Naomi, what are you doing?” I heard Lorna question.

“Get everyone to Stormglen! I’ll meet you there,” I assured her. The carriage neared the stranded citizens. Here goes nothing. Before Lorna could argue, I leapt off the side of the carriage and rolled along the ground until I skidded to a halt.

Well that was spectacularly painful, my mind groaned as I pushed myself up. I was going to be feeling that before too long. I staggered on my paws, trying to keep my balance as my head continued spinning. I heard something and jumped back in time to avoid getting run over by yet another carriage.

After a moment, I caught my bearings. Prince Liam ran up to me. He was cleanly shaven and his hair – though still a little longer than he probably would have usually kept it – was tidy. I couldn’t smell any hint of the alcoholic I had seen the day before. “I’m glad to see you can still stand after taking a spill like that,” he commented. “Our carriage got hit pretty bad.” So that was his carriage. It didn’t change anything. “The one in front of us got it worse.” I thought of the tracks off the side of the cliff.

“The ogres got two of our stagecoaches: this one and the one that fell into the marsh just north of here. I don’t know if they’re alive or dead. We’ve been too pinned down here for me to go check,” he continued.

I looked north towards the marshes. “I should be fast enough to make it,” I mentioned, turning back to Liam. “Keep the people safe while I look for survivors. And…um…you might want to start thinking of a way out of this.”

Liam laughed. “I’m sure I’ll come up with something. I have to top my idea on how to handle the abominations.”

“Good luck with that one,” I jested before running off towards the swamp. It wasn’t too far, but it was stressful. Every moment, I expected to get wiped out by a boulder flung in my direction. But maybe the ogres didn’t want me; maybe they delighted more in using the carriages that kept hurdling through the pass as target practice. We need to take care of them soon or more people be at risk.

But, first things first. The ground softened under my paws the closer I got to the marshes. The dry soil soon became damp and cool. Had it not been for my mission, it would have felt nice. Before long, I could feel water squeezing up from the earth between the digits of my paws, creating an audible squish.

I surveyed the marshes. It was like a series of small islands surrounded by tiny paths of standing water. The carriage was near the cliff’s edge, half-submerged in water and mud. There were people standing around it, looking like they were flailing. Are they sinking, too? I began making my way towards them. My own paws began to sink into the muck beneath them, so it was a slow trudge towards them. I did what I could to jump between the land patches. I was sick of letting my fur get disgusting and feeling like a wild animal.

As I drew closer, I could see they weren’t trying to keep from sinking, they were struggling against the notably-sized crocolisks that inhabited the marshlands. I could see their pale, leathery hides ducking in and out of the water as they propelled themselves around the stranded Gilneans with their six short-but-powerful legs. I could actually hear as their toothy jaws snapped shut menacingly. Well…at least they’re not undead.

I lunged forward, leaping on top of the nearest crocolisk. It hissed in what I assumed was a mixture of surprise and anger. The large creature writhed in an attempt to free itself. I sank my claws into its side. You’re not getting away! Without thinking, I pulled it up and chomped violently down on its neck with my powerful jaws, my teeth piercing its scaly hide and biting into the cold flesh beneath. With a monstrous yank, I tore out the side of the crocolisk’s meaty neck. A little raw for my tastes…and definitely not bacon…but not bad. After a moment, it stopped struggling and went limp in my arms.

The other crocolisks turned towards me, hissing. I hopped between them and the Gilnean citizens, crouching down and snarling. I could feel anger ramping up, making the animalistic aspects of my body feel that much more natural and threatening. I heard a couple of the people behind me gasp.

One of the crocolisks rushed at me, its stubby legs giving it a surprising burst of speed. It opened its monstrous mouth, revealing teeth that put my own to shame. I side-stepped and brought my hands down – claws first – into its skull. Pulling back, I tossed it back into the water of the marshes. I didn’t think I killed it, but it knew it had been in a fight.

I turned my attention back to the other crocolisks, resuming my menacing snarl. My fur began to stand on end, extending almost like soft spikes around my body. They continued hissing, but they were slowly backing away. After I could see the water trails headed swiftly deeper into the marsh, I finally stood up straight.

I turned to the humans behind me. They had their hands up with their palms forward, as if trying to calm me down. Their faces with full of fear. Do they think I’m out of control? “Is…everyone alright?” I asked cautiously, taking several deep breaths.

Their faces changed in an instant from terror to relief. Their affirmed they were still breathing, though there were a few who had some minor injuries. The drivers of the carriage hadn’t survived the crash; their bodies were caught underneath the stagecoach when it hit the marsh. I went silent for a moment, staring at the still-sinking carriage. There was nothing I could have done. I had to keep telling myself that.

I shook my head. “Prince Liam and some others have taken refuge behind their own carriage to the south of here. We have to get to them so we can move on to Stormglen,” I instructed them, unable to rid my voice of my lingering regret.

“How many of our people were hit?” one asked.

“I think only two. I haven’t heard anything else get hit,” I responded, perking my ears up and listening attentively, just in case. I breathed in through my nose. Was that…? I began sniffing the air. I There was a bit of a breeze drifting through the mountain pass; I could smell the distinct stench of death. The Forsaken must be on the march. They’ll be on us in no time. “Let’s get going,” I urged. “The sooner we meet up with them, the sooner we’re can get to safety.

We began to make our way from the marshes. I kept my eyes out for any bold crocolisks that wanted to come back to threaten my people. My mind was running wild. If the Forsaken army is already here, can we really run from them? How are we going to escape? From what I had seen, they would overwhelm Stormglen immediately. A crippling sense of hopelessness began to descend on my mind, casting a shadow over everything I ever hoped for the future.

As we made it out of the swamps, Prince Liam and the members of his carriage came into view. The people were still hiding behind the carriage while Liam stood out to the side, surrounded by heavy boulders. Even from this distance, I could hear him shouting taunts at the ogres up on the ridge. I saw him jump to the side to avoid yet another clumsily-thrown projectile. I guess that’s one way to keep the people safe.

We ran across the open field between the marshes and the carriage. Liam ducked behind the carriage as we arrived. His forehead glistened with sweat, but a wide grin was spread across his face. “These ogres are not the brightest little rays of sunshine,” he joked. Is he having fun with all of this? He looked over the crowd that was following me. “I’m glad to see so many of you survived.”

“I can smell the Forsaken. They’re coming,” I informed him quickly.

Surprisingly, Liam’s grin did not fail. “I expected they would be. Actually, I’m quite pleased they’re not here already,” he responded. Despite his elevated demeanor, I could tell he was taking this matter seriously. “I think I’ve got a plan.”

“What about us?” one of the citizens asked.

“We’ll distract the ogres,” Liam assured them. I think I knew who he meant by ‘we.’ “And once we do, everyone make a break for Stormglen. Just follow the road. Once you get near the Blackwald, stay on the path, no matter what,” he instructed. They nodded.

“So what’s this plan?” I was genuinely curious.

“Well, the Forsaken are right on our heels and now these ogres are trying to flank us, Naomi.”

“Yeah, I got that.” Maybe he has still been drinking.

“These ogres, they’re servants of the ettin, Koroth – the meanest, most destructive force in all of Gilneas,” he pointed out. I nodded; I was still relieved to have not run into the angry ettin the other day during the evacuation. “Well…we’re going to poke the ettin, so to speak.” Looks like I won’t be able to avoid him this time. “If we can bait Koroth into charging the Forsaken’s forward force, we should be able to cover our retreat and buy some time.”

“I’m sorry, but how, exactly, are we supposed to get Koroth to help us?” I asked incredulously. From what I’ve always heard of the monster, he did what he wanted, when he wanted.

“The only way it can work is if we make Koroth furious. We could kill his minions, but that won’t be enough. There’s one thing that Koroth loves above all else, and that’s what we need to trick him into helping us.” Liam took a deep breath. “We need to swipe his most prized possession: a tiger-skinned banner,” he announced.

“So you want me to sneak past his ogres and…”

“No, no…I still want you to kill the ogres…or at least some of them. Cork-brained sons of trolls need to get what’s coming to them. Plus, it’ll get Koroth’s attention, at least – even if he doesn’t care that much,” Liam interrupted. “Then, grab his banner and bring it back to me. I’ve got something special in store.” His grin widened.

I looked up the mountain. I could see a rough pathway. It had to go to Koroth’s lair. I nodded. “That’s some plan.” I let out a long sigh. “I’ll be back in a jiff.”

“Give ‘em hell.”

I sprinted toward the mountains. There were still a few ogres up on the ridge. I could hear their raucous laughter. I could see the rolls of fat jiggling as they laughed, their dimwitted, cycloptic faces contorted twisted and bearing their rotten, brown teeth. Stupid creatures, ogres. The only thing they respected was violence, blindly following the strongest brute of the bunch. And, for years now, that was Koroth.

I leapt up, grabbing hold of a large rock and pulling myself onto the path, right near a large ogre. After the last several days, it was odd to actually feel small compared to something; and this thing was at least a head taller than me and about four times as wide. While he didn’t smell of death, his scent was by no means pleasant – a mix between severe body odor and excrement.

“Huh?” it grunted, slowly turning down to look at me. Its single eye stared down at me dumbly.

Without hesitating further, I jumped on top of the ogre and sank my claws into his fleshy belly. The dense pile of filth howled in pain. I removed my claws and blood streamed out of him. As I jumped away, the ogre clutched the wound, unable to stop the fluids leaving his body, gurgling and crying out for help. The noise drew the attention of the others on the ridge. I made a quick observation: not all of them are cyclops. Huh…I never knew that. It didn’t matter how many eyes they had, though.

The ogres were large and very, very slow. Cutting through them was easy compared to the Forsaken soldiers I had fought against before. With those out of the way, I climbed up the pathway. The smell of filth grew stronger. I soon came to a place where the trail opened up to what might have been a part of their encampment. There were the remains of large animal carcasses, partially picked away, lying around the ground. Flies swarmed around above them and I could see little vermin scurrying between the rotting rib-cages. I covered my snout to try to block out the smell. I can’t wait to get somewhere I can actually enjoy this new nose of mine. There were too many dreadfully unpleasant smells as of late.

There were a few more ogres in the camp. They seemed restless; I wondered if they had heard the shouts of the others I had dispatched. I thought about taking them out, but I didn’t want to push my luck. They were slow, but ogres were known for their strength. If I took on too many of them, I might screw up and get myself hurt – probably killed.

Instead, I crept past them and continued up the trail. A little further up, I came to the mouth of a gigantic cave. Out front, a large banner stood, covered in orange and black-striped fur. There was a huge, red hand-print upon it. I suspected it was blood.

I snuck around to the mouth of the cave and carefully peered in. I let out a soft gasp. There he was: Koroth the Hillbreaker. I had heard stories, but I never pictured…this. He was massive – easily fifty feet tall. He had two heads – one was bald and had a look of superiority in its big eyes; the other had long, mottled hair and showed nothing but rage on its face. There was a strange dichotomy to his body. On the side with the bald head, he seemed slightly cleaner and his fingernails were short. On the other side, however, his fingernails were long and unruly, much like the hair on that head. Upon his shoulder sat what looked like the crest of a roof; perhaps his form of armor. He had what looked like the corpse of an entire ox tied to the belt of his loincloth. I thanked the Light that he was wearing clothes; I didn’t want to even imagine what might be under that cloth. Koroth sat in a giant throne of stone. His eyes were open, staring out at his banner; both heads watching it with pride.

He is really not going to like this, I thought to myself as I backed away from the cave. I turned towards the banner, planning my move. After taking a deep breath, I dashed forward, and snatched the banner from its post and ran.

“Who dares to touch Koroth’s banner?” I heard a deep, rage-filled voice bellow from the caves. The sound of it struck fear into me, but in a different way than the dark ranger had yesterday. This was fear of his raw strength. “You puny thief! Koroth find you! Koroth smash your face in!” He was becoming angrier by the moment. I actually felt the mountain shake with each lumbering footstep as the ettin emerged from his cave and gave chase.

But I was already half-way down the trail by that point. I nearly tripped several times as I sped down to the ground. I can’t let him catch me… I also didn’t want him to see me. I hoped that all he saw was a blur as I snatched his banner. This was one creature whose bad side, I really did not want to be on.

By the time I reached the broken carriage, only Liam remained. He must have sent the others on. The smell of death had grown stronger; they were close; really close. I held up the tiger-hide banner.

“You did it! And you definitely got him angry; I heard him myself,” Prince Liam chuckled. “Let’s hope this works.” He strung the banner up on a stick that he broke off from the carriage. “Wait here.”

Liam walked towards the mountain pass. The first of the Forsaken soldiers turned the corner and marched down the road. There was one atop an undead horse in front. He held up his bony hand to order a halt. Liam stood alone, less than twenty feet from the army, in defiance. He planted the banner at his feet.

“You will come no further, Forsaken scum! By the warn banner of the ancient Greymane clan, I expel you from our ancestral lands!” he challenged with a strong voice. He took several steps back.

The Forsaken general began laughing. He dismounted his unnatural steed and walked forward. He snatched the banner. “Worthless mongrel,” it spat with a raspy voice. “I will order our outhouses cleaned with the rag you call a banner!” Some of his soldiers laughed. “Now the time has come…”

A monstrous roar echoed across the sky. Suddenly, Koroth launched himself from the mountain and landed with an earth-shaking crash near the Forsaken forces. “You stole Koroth’s banner!” he bellowed at the undead. There was a humungous club in his beastly hands. “Now Koroth will pummel you into pulp!”

With a mighty swing, Koroth slammed his club into the scores of troops, smashing through them without slowing his stroke. At once, the Forsaken troops began to scurry about, trying to engage Koroth. The ettin continued to swing away, crushing more and more Forsaken with each blow.

It…it worked! I couldn’t believe it. I wondered if Koroth would ever figure out the deception – that he was helping the Gilneans without realizing it.

Liam walked up to me calmly. “Better than the barrels and the abominations, yeah?” he chuckled.

“I should say so,” I said in disbelief, watching the chaos ensue behind him. “Koroth will cover our escape. It’s time to regroup at the fishing town of Stormglen. I’m led to believe that there will be shelter and supplies for us there; at least for a little while.” I hope there are the supplies Krennan needs out there. I patted the satchel at my side. We must meet with Lady Armstead; my father will have left her in charge of taking care of our people,” he explained. I nodded, having already assumed as much.

We began walking up the trail, my ears still tuned in to the carnage that was going on behind us. “So how long do you think Koroth will be able to hold them off?” I wondered.

“I expect he’ll push them back and make them rethink their strategy. But I don’t think he’ll be able to hold them off forever. But hey, it kills two birds with one stone,” he responded with a chuckle. “You fought well, Naomi. The Light has truly blessed us when it gave Gilneas you.”

“I don’t know about that, but thank you,” I responded quietly. My body began to ache. I imagined I was probably starting to feel the effects of taking the tumble off the carriage. That, and climbing up and down the mountain was not the easiest of tasks, especially when being pursued by an enraged ettin. “I’m just glad we’re safe.”

“Oh, we’re not safe. Far from it,” Liam commented. “But we’ve earned ourselves a breather. We shouldn’t have anything to worry about for at least a couple of days.”

“I hope you’re right. Your father seemed worried that the Blackwald wasn’t safe. I’d hate to have to worry about both the Forsaken and what could be lurking amongst the trees,” I sighed. To a degree, I knew what lurked amongst the trees. Gwen’s out there, somewhere.

I stared off ahead of us. I could see the dark trees of the forest approaching. The road we were on would go through the southern edge of it into Stormglen. From there, we would be surrounded by the Blackwald. Having studied the maps of Gilneas in the past, I remembered there being another path from Stormglen into the mountains to the northeast, but that went straight through the heart of the forest. If there really was anything malicious in those trees, that road would be a deathtrap.

Prince Liam nodded. “I’m sure you’ve heard the rumors of a particularly nasty worgen that has been prowling the Blackwald,” he mentioned. That’s Gwen; I’m sure of it. “And there’ve also been reports of more worgen activity in the area in general.” He cleared his throat. “Hopefully, if we don’t bother them, they won’t bother us,” he added.

I let out yet another sigh. Now that we had been forced to leave the manor and come down here, it presented the perfect opportunity for me to go and finally look for Gwen. But, what if she really was that one worgen everyone was talking about? Would I be able to find her? If I did, would she try to kill me? Could I beat her if she tried it? Not likely with as sore as I am. I decided it wouldn’t be wise to try to go out tonight.

It was getting late by the time we reached the dark and twisted trees of the Blackwald. Most of the leaves were gone and it was hard to tell if the trees out on the edges of the forest were even still alive. It was incredibly creepy.

Liam and I fell silent as we passed through the trees. I was listening carefully for signs of threats. The breeze rustled barren limbs of the gnarled trees. Somewhere nearby a twig snapped and I visibly jumped. I’m a seven-foot tall humanoid wolf and I probably just got scared by a squirrel. I am pathetic. I forced myself to take several deep breaths to stay calm. If I get too worked up, maybe the curse will take over again. I don’t know why I assumed that, but it seemed to make sense to me. Again, I patted the satchel at my waist. I knew I’d be back in Stormglen by tonight, but it gave me a bit of peace of mind knowing I had access to the treatment myself.

My stomach started growling. All I’d had for lunch was a little bit of bread. I became aware of how dry my mouth was, too. I really hope they have food waiting for us. I recalled the bacon from this morning; it had been heavenly. My mouth watered just thinking about it. Would there be anything even close to that left out in Stormglen?

After what felt like forever – what with my increasing hunger and my body becoming more and sorer from pain and exertion and all – we came to the gates of Stormglen. There was a large building just inside that resembled an inn. I could see the carriages sitting next to this structure. Some tired people sat around them. No one seemed to be talking at all and they all just looked…defeated.

“I had better go find my father. I’m sure he would like a report of the afternoon’s events,” Liam mentioned. “Thank you again, Naomi. Go rest. I’m sure there will be more to do soon.” Finally someone who doesn’t pretend like they’re not going to ask me to help again.

I nodded and bid him good night. I wandered towards the inn, sure that that was where I would find Mayor Armstead. She would be able to tell me where to find my loved ones. As I walked up the stone road, I gazed down to the town beyond the tavern. It looked deserted, with the exception of a few small groups of evacuees moving about. The street lamps weren’t lit and there seemed to be only meager lighting coming from any of the windows – like someone just lit a candle and decided that was enough. I could see the shadow of a dark lighthouse just to the south along the coast. It all just looked very depressing.

I stepped into the inn. I could tell it, too, hadn’t been inhabited for quite some time; until recently, that is. There were cobwebs in the corners and between furniture. With the exception of where it seemed people had been working, a thick layer of dust had settled on all of the surfaces.

I peered around. There were many people inside, most sitting at tables and just all-around looking miserable. I could see Lorna Crowley sitting in a chair in the corner, reading through a very musty-looking book. Mayor Armstead was standing near the back wringing her hands while my father paced back and forth near her. Daniel was nowhere in sight. Everyone looked up as I stood in the entryway.

I took a deep breath and marched towards them. My father met me half-way and gave me an open-handed whack on the side of my head, a scowl set on his face. I stood there, stunned; staring down at my father. “You cork-brained little…” He stopped and let out a deep breath. Then, he threw his arms around me. “Stop doing that! You were supposed to stay with the carriage.” The tone of his voice crushed my heart.

“You gave us all quite the scare when you jumped,” Mayor Armstead commented, walking forward and placing a hand on my father’s shoulder to separate us. “But it’s good to see you made it, Naomi. We were worried when the group returned without you or the prince. It looks like most everyone made it.” She looked around at the downtrodden citizens. “We’re not doing too bad so far for an emergency evacuation,” she stated. If this isn’t bad, I don’t want to think about what horrible would look like.

“I’m sorry,” I apologized quietly, feeling oddly ashamed.

“No…don’t apologize. You saved those people,” my father told me in a considerably more calm voice. “You just had me worried sick about you.” He took another deep breath. “You’re still my little girl after all.”

I remained quiet for a moment. “Where’s Daniel?” I finally inquired. Mayor Armstead and my father exchanged glances. “He’s…out in town helping out with the evacuation efforts,” Mayor Armstead responded after a pause. It sounds like they’re keeping something from me. “He needed a distraction after he found out what you did, so we put him to work. We’ll send word that you’ve arrived safely; I’m sure he’ll be along post-haste.”

A trembling hand landed on my shoulder and I spun around. It was Krennan. “Miss Naomi…a word,” he said in a quiet, worried voice. Oh no. Bad things always happened when he looked this nervous.

“Krennan, not now,” Mayor Armstead implored.

He shook his head. “No, she needs to know.”

I could feel my stomach tightening. Is it about Daniel? Did something happen? “Know what?” I asked frantically. They couldn’t not tell me now.

Krennan cleared his throat. “The crates containing the rest of the serum to help you keep control over the curse was in one of the carriages that was wrecked by the ogres,” he announced in one breath. “And…I can’t seem to find anything that might allow me to make more,” he added with regret.

Shit. So the satchel at my side was all that was left – a week’s worth of the treatment. “So I don’t have much time left as me, huh?” I clarified. Everyone looked away from me, affirming my statement. We were silent for a long while. I let out a long exhale. “Well, looks like we need to find a quick way out of this mess, huh?”

That seemed to lighten the mood ever so slightly. “We’ll figure something out, I’m sure. We always have so far,” Mayor Armstead sighed. “But now, go get yourself some dinner; we’ve got stew on the pot at the hearth. Rest up and we’ll start hatching a plan tomorrow.”

I nodded and walked past the mayor. I wasn’t sure how long I would be able to keep my composure. I thought I had a month…now I only have a week. I had no choice but to tell Daniel. But tell him what, exactly? How could I break it to him? He had been so…hopeful…about our relationship; this would crush those hopes completely.

My father fell in beside me as I followed the scent of food. It wasn’t the most enticing aroma I’ve smelled, but it was more than a welcome change from the stench of the undead and ogres. That I could do without, entirely.

“I’m scared, Daddy,” I muttered under my breath so no one around could hear.

“I know you are. I am, too,” he responded warmly. “Like Gw-Mayor Armstead said, though; we’ll figure something out,” he encouraged. It was at least slightly amusing having caught him almost speaking so informally of the mayor.

“I hope so…I really do,” I wished out loud. “I don’t want to go back to being…that. I don’t want to have to watch myself do those things without being able…” I stopped myself, remembering that I had lied about what the curse had felt like to my father. “…stop myself,” I finally finished. My father didn’t respond, but he did seem rather pensive. It was killing me not knowing what he was thinking, but I didn’t feel brave enough to ask.

Someone handed me a bowl of the stew. I looked up and blinked a couple of times when I recognized the barmaid from the tavern at Duskhaven. Looks like she finally came around to serving me. I thanked her and she actually thanked me back. Great…people may like me now, but that’s not going to last much longer.

That led me to a single, devastating realization: if I live long enough to return to becoming feral, it’ll taint my memory. It’ll undo everything I’ve done – every relationship I’ve sought to repair. I didn’t know which option was worse: dying or becoming an animal.

I wandered away with the bowl and plopped down in a chair near Lorna. “You look exhausted,” she commented, peering over her book at me. “Probably sore, too, with the speed we were going when you hopped off. Everything alright?”

It occurred to me that she may not have heard what Krennan had said earlier. “Besides there only being enough of Krennan’s potion to keep me sane for another week, then yeah,” I muttered in frustration.

Lorna put the book down and stared at me. “You’re serious?” she asked. “Well ain’t that a bit of bad luck.” I’d say it’s a little more than that. “You need to talk about it?”

“Not really feeling like gabbing on about it all night. Light knows I’ll have to face it eventually, though,” I responded.

“Suit yourself. When you need an ear…”

“Thanks.” Lorna went back to perusing the musty pages. I could tell from the appearance that it had seen better days; the tattered binding seemed to just barely be keeping the pages in. “Lorna, what are you reading?” I asked curiously. I expected she would be the type of person to take better care of things like this.

“I’ve found a journal by a man named Bradshaw. The pages were falling out, and I think some of them might be out of order, but I’m trying to piece together what happened here after the curse broke out. Who knows…maybe the people in this town found a way out. Maybe there are still survivors out there. Maybe my father is still alive,” she responded in a sort of rambling tone.

I could tell the last part was simply wishful thinking. I also figured she meant she hoped he was still alive and not a beast. “Anything interesting?”

“Oh, there are loads interesting, but nothing terribly helpful yet. It will take some time, but I’ll try to make sense of what I have. It doesn’t look like everything is here.”

I turned my attention to the bowl of stew. I could see little chunks of meat and other difficult-to-identify food…potatoes, maybe…floating in the broth. My stomach growled again. Maybe I shouldn’t eat it. Maybe I should starve myself. The last time the curse took hold, I seemed to have some sway over it when it was ravenously hungry. But, then again, a starving animal is just that much more dangerous.

I let out a sigh. I’ll figure out a way to deal with myself, but I don’t want to be in constant pain and weakness. Besides, I’ll need my strength if I’m going to find Gwen. But was that really such a good idea? What would I do now if I found Gwen? I couldn’t possibly bring her back here; there would be no way to return her to sanity. Maybe she could be the one to put an end to me. I shook my head to dispel the thought. I didn’t know what I was going to do when I did, but I knew I needed to find her.

I raised the bowl up to the end of my snout and tried to pour some into my jaw, careful not to let any spill out of the side of my elongated mouth as it went back to my throat. It wasn’t astoundingly delicious, but it did the trick. “Do you really think there are survivors?” I asked after a moment.

“There weren’t any bodies when we got here. They had to go somewhere, right?” Lorna responded.

“We have heard rumors of survivors further in the mountains, near Tempest’s Reach,” Mayor Armstead interjected, walking up near us. “We’ll send scouts there immediately, but I am concerned about what lurks in the Blackwald. I have no idea if it’s safe to move the people.”

“It’ll be safer if you do and leave me here,” I stated.

“Oh poppycock,” the mayor scoffed. “I promised you before that we’d make sure to keep you safe in the event you lost control. Even if there is a…temporary lapse in your treatment, we’ll get it going again.” But how many lives will I endanger when they try to cage me? And what about transporting me? If the Forsaken are pursuing, I’d just slow them down. I didn’t bring up any of these points of argument. There may be time for that later.

I consumed more of the stew to give me an excuse not to start arguing about this. A few minutes later Daniel entered the inn. I watched him with saddened eyes as he marched towards me. I have to tell him.

Just like my father, Daniel praised the Light for my safety. But, instead of hitting me, he just stood there, awkwardly looking like he wanted to say something. “Naomi, I need a word with you in private,” he finally declared.

I threw a glance over at Lorna, who jolted her head to the side. I nodded, rising to my paws and setting the bowl on the table. This is probably better; I don’t want other people being privy to this exchange. I let him lead me up the stairs and down the hall to an empty bedroom.

We sat side-by-side on the bed. Daniel seemed really nervous; which only made me look more and more uncomfortable. “So…I…I had something important I wanted to talk to you about,” he finally stammered.

“I have something I need to talk to you about, too,” I replied with a long sigh.

“You go first,” he offered.

I shook my head. “No, you go first.” I wanted to procrastinate as much as possible.

Daniel took a deep breath. “Well…you and I had talked about…you know…you and me staying together. Well…” He began fumbling around the front pocket of his jacket. Uh-oh. I started to guess where he was going. “With as uncertain as the future is, I thought…I wanted one thing that was…you know…” He cleared his throat. “More certain. While you were gone, I…” He took another long, deep breath. “I spoke with your father. I told him I didn’t care if you were covered in fur or had horns and leathery wings. I convinced him I was serious.”

“Daniel…” I started. Is he really doing this? Now? I shuffled uncomfortably.

“He gave his blessing for me to ask…for your hand,” he concluded, producing a fairly simple bronze ring. “I…I know it’s not fancy, but I didn’t have a whole lot of time or materials,” he started to stammer nervously without awaiting my response.

I scratched the back of my head. “Well, fuck…”

Daniel looked really taken aback. “I’m…sorry?”

I buried my face in my hands. “I should have gone first,” I groaned.

“What…what do you mean, poppet?” he asked, his face falling further. “What’s wrong?”

“I only have a week left, maybe,” I cried. My nose stun fiercely as tears accumulated in my eyes. I relayed Krennan’s report. “I know…I know you’re hopeful…you’re sickeningly hopeful. It’s so sweet, but…” I looked straight into his eyes. “I…I can’t…”

“But…last time the curse took hold, you didn’t kill me at Keel Harbor. Maybe you could control it,” he pointed out optimistically. He put his hand on my knee.

I’m going to kill him first, the moment I’ve wrested control from your vile potion,” the voice in my head promised. “I’m going to tear his jaw off and shove it down his exposed throat.”

I shook my head. “I don’t think I could stop it, this time. I wouldn’t be able to ensure your safety,” I explained sorrowfully.

“Naomi…you can’t ensure my safety anyway,” Daniel pointed out. “We’re being chased by an army of malicious, sadistic corpses. You have a week? We could be dead tomorrow.”

I opened my mouth to respond, but I had to pause. That’s…true. “Then what would be the whole point?” I wondered aloud. Why would he even bother to ask if he knew we could be dead at any minute?

“The point is…if we’re going to die…or, whatever…I want to die knowing that we, I don’t know…had something,” he responded. His voice was unnervingly calm. “Do you love me, Naomi?” He stared directly at my eyes.

“I do, but…” I began to protest.

Daniel put a finger on the tip of my snout, resting it on my nose to silence me. “If we weren’t likely going to die …would you marry me?” he asked. Something about the conversation had taken the pressure off him and he spoke much more confidently.

“I…I would, but…”

“And if you weren’t in danger of losing control of yourself in the next few days, would you marry me?” he interrupted.

“…Yes…” I finally responded in an oddly defeated tone.

“Then I’ll ask you again.” He held out the ring. “Naomi Malmin…will you be my wife? I know it’s insane…I know there’s basically no chance there’s a happy ending for us. But even so…I want the end to come with us together. And on the miniscule chance we make it through this, our love will only be that much stronger.”

This really is insanity. “I must be barking,” I sighed, reaching for the ring.

A sheepish smile spread across Daniel’s face. “Well, you are a

“Finish that joke and I promise you you won’t have to wait until the curse comes back before I kill you,” I threatened quickly.

He laughed. “So you’re saying you’ll marry me?”

I picked the ring up off his palm. “I suppose I am,” I replied. I turned it over in my hands several times.

“That wasn’t so hard, now was it?” he taunted, moving closer to me.

“Well I’m sorry I expected a marriage proposal to require a bit more…permanency,” I responded.

“I wish we had a little more permanency,” he acknowledged. Daniel laid his head on my shoulder. “But let’s enjoy it while we can, yeah?”

“Yeah.” I slipped the ring onto the fourth digit of my left hand. It fit perfectly around my worgen-sized finger. How in the name of the Light does he know my finger size? “How did you…?”

“Unimportant,” he threw in quickly. I dropped the subject; I didn’t want to spend the time dwelling on it.

“So…what do we do now?” I asked. How’s it supposed to feel being engaged? I felt…different… but I couldn’t really pinpoint why I felt different.

Daniel shrugged. “I’m not sure…” He started laughing. “I didn’t plan this far ahead. To be honest, I never thought I’d be able to talk you into it.”

I tried to suppress a laugh, failed, and accidentally snorted – which made me burst out in laughter. I felt an overwhelming wave of affection for Daniel. I can’t tell if he’s oblivious or just that optimistic. How could he just go headlong into these things without thinking them through? Wait…isn’t that…I do that, don’t I? This man and I are meant for each other. While laughing, I went to put my arm around him and I must have moved weird because pain shot through my side. “Ah!” I gasped, wincing in pain.

“What’s wrong?”

I massaged my side. “Nothing…I guess I’m just sore, still,” I responded. “Don’t worry about it.”

“Let me have a look,” he requested, reaching for the edge of my shirt.

“What, so you’re a doctor now?” I replied sarcastically.

“No, but I’ll have a look anyway,” he shrugged. I put up no resistance as he pulled my shirt and pants off. He’s my fiancé, after all. It was strange to think that word. He quickly discarded the clothing. “So where does it hurt?”

I pointed to my side and he began to massage the side of my abdomen. I fell back onto the bed, swung my legs around, and closed my eyes. “This fur is pretty soft,” Daniel commented.

“Shut up and just keep doing what you’re doing,” I muttered. He obeyed and continued working his hands around my side.

“Do your feet hurt?” he asked.

“They’re paws, now,” I corrected. Why did I say that? “And yes.” I bent my knees with them pointed towards the ceiling. Daniel grabbed one of my paws and began to rub his thumbs into the pads on the bottom. I let out a quiet moan; it felt really good. It was like the pain was just fading away. He forced my ‘toes’ to spread out ever so slightly as he maneuvered his hands around my paw.

After a moment, he stopped. I felt him moving on the bed. “Daniel, what are you…” I started, opening my eyes. He was right over my face. “Ack!”

He ran a finger along the top of my snout. “This fur is particularly soft,” he stated quietly. I tensed up; I don’t know why but it felt incredibly vulnerable with him stroking my furry nose. Then, he bent in and planted a kiss right between my eyes. “So do you think if we…” He raised his eye brows. “You know.” I nodded. Yeah, I get it. “Do you think I’d catch the worgen curse?”

I opened my mouth and then shut it. Uh… “I…actually have no idea,” I responded. Does it work like that? I know bites spread the curse. Could I even transmit the curse under the effects of Krennan’s serum?

“Should we ask Mister Aranas?”

I pushed him off. “No way in hell am I asking him that!” I snapped. I’ve never been a particularly proper woman, but I wasn’t so crass as to discuss such things with a man like Krennan.

Daniel chuckled. “Okay, okay…”

“Better not risk it. Maybe if we had more of Krennan’s potion, but…” I trailed off. I can’t believe I would even consider the possibility of infecting him even we had the treatment available. “No, we shouldn’t.”

Daniel looked legitimately put off. “Fine,” he sighed, rolling to the side and lying next to me.

“Sorry.”

He rolled over on his side and began running his hand up and down my belly. “Curse or not, you’re an amazing woman. I pray to the Light I actually have a chance to marry you.”

His hand ran over a couple of particularly sensitive spots…a good sensitive. It took quite a bit of attention not to let out a gasp. “You’re…not too bad, yourself,” I managed to respond.

“What are these bumps?” I heard him wonder aloud as his fingers brushed over the spots again.

“St-stop that,” I requested weakly.

He shifted around to get a better look. Then he started to let out a manly giggle. “Love, did you know you have extra nips?” he laughed.

“What do you mean I h-ah!” My voice fell flat as he pinched one.

“I didn’t know worgen women had six nipples.” He really seemed to be enjoying himself.

Neither did I. I slapped his arm away. “That’s not funny.”

“It’s hilarious.”

“Just…stop,” I snapped impatiently. I was sick of feeling so…different. For a moment – one single moment – I wanted to feel like a normal person.

“I’m sorry. I just want to help you feel comfortable in your skin,” he apologized, resting his head on my fur-covered breast. His body fit perfectly between my body and my arm.

A pang of guilt swept over me. “I’m sorry,” I apologized. “Let’s just…enjoy the evening, okay?” I’ve done enough fighting for today.

While we lay there, innocently just holding each other, an undeniable sinking feeling began to build in the pit of my stomach. Recent history has shown that something out there doesn’t want me to be happy. At every turn, something new would come up to make my life worse and test my sanity. Now, I would spend the next few days playing the happy couple before our tragic, but inevitable end. And I still had so much I had to do before I lost everything. What have I gotten myself into? And why did I allow myself to drag Daniel down with me?

As I tried to drift off to sleep, fiancé still in my arms, I continuously ran through the situation in Gilneas. I didn’t know what the plan was, but I knew I had to help. I didn’t have much time left, but I could use that time to ensure my Daniel made it out of this.

But there was someone else I had to find, first. She reached out to me in dreams. She wanted me to find her. And do what, I’m not sure. Maybe she wanted me to end the suffering I was all too familiar with. Regardless, I needed to find her. I’d figure out what to do from there when that time came.

Being so close to the Blackwald, I prayed that time would soon come.


Go to Directory                                Next Chapter –>

The Fall of Gilneas

Chapter 9: Respite at Greymane Manor

“You thought you were safe behind your wall, that you could cut out the ills of the world…” a sinister voice whispered through the darkness. “We are the consequence…the retribution for decades of cowardice.”

The bodies of the worgen appeared before me. The poor woman who had been strung up onto the scarecrow’s post hung over the other lifeless forms. They were helpless in the face of the Forsaken. They were gentle folk – more cured by Krennan’s serum than I. For some reason, something took over me – a vicious, bloodthirsty frenzy – when I fought. Why couldn’t they? If I had been there, would they still be alive?

 “Those beasts were expendable!” This time, it was Godfrey’s voice piecing the nothingness around me. “They…you…are enemies of Gilneas just as much as those blasted undead. The only difference between them and you is we could use you for the time being. But you can’t shake off what you are…you are a curse…a plague on our country. You are dangerous!”

The worgen faded and I found myself in the sanctuary of Light’s Dawn. There was a strange dark haze hanging about the room, obscuring my vision. A shadow jumped out at me and I instinctively swung at it with my claws. I heard an agonized and distinctly human scream. The shadow became clear and I found myself staring at the terrified face of the fat man I had attacked in the city…in my own bedroom. I had nearly ripped out his throat.

The shadows dispersed and I was surrounded by bodies. Quivering, I inspected the twisted and gnarled faces of the corpses. They were the faces of every Gilnean I had attacked…whether they were Crowley’s men in the cathedral or the guards at Keel Harbor. Each face was etched into my brain.

Tears began to accumulate in my eyes. All of these people were dead because of me. I looked around in devastation. There were so many. Another small group materialized near the wall – five more humans. They were pinned to the wall with Forsaken blades. I don’t know how I could recognize them, but I knew they had to be the Hayward brothers.

The heads of all of the bodies turned towards me, their dead eyes fixated directly on my face. I took a step back and their heads followed me, staring at me with accusing eyes. They knew it was me. I had killed every single one of them.

“I’m sorry,” I managed to mutter, unable to avoid their haunting stares. I kept repeating it.

Slowly, each of the bodies rose from the ground. “You monster!” they chanted. “Beast!” They kept taunting me. “You murderous mongrel!” The freshly animated corpses ambled towards me, reaching out as if trying to grab me.

“I didn’t mean it…”I gasped, tears now rolling down the side of my face. “I didn’t want for any of you to die.” They continued to chant their accusations at me as they advanced. “I’m sorry!” I felt my butt hit the railing by the baptismal pool.

There was nowhere for me to go. They were closing in on me, moaning and crying for justice. Just then, a figure loomed over them and looked down at me through a pair of small, circular glasses. “Worgen filth…for crimes against Gilneas and its people, I sentence you to death,” Lord Godfrey commanded.

The bodies of the dead moved in. I heard splashing behind me and an arm wrapped around my neck I gasped and tried to free myself, but its hold was tight.

“We knew you couldn’t be trusted,” a familiar voice whispered in my ear. Daniel? With a forceful yank, he pulled me over the railing and into the water. His arm remained locked around my throat as I sank deeper and deeper into the pool. The light faded as I descended. I struggled to free myself, but I kept being dragged further into the depths.

 As the darkness enveloped me, I caught sight of the green-glowing form of Gwen floating in front of me. She reached out, perhaps trying to help me. I stretched out my arm, trying to grab her inviting hand, but the gap between us was widening faster and faster.

I tried to cry out, but nothing came out but a cloud of bubbles. After a moment, even she faded into the darkness of the abyss.

***

My eyes fluttered open. I was lying on my side on what felt like a thin mat on the floor. I could see other cushions in front of me with people lying down. My entire body ached and I let out a quiet groan.

Slowly, I rolled over onto my back. Someone was leaning over me. My eyes focused quickly and I recognized Melinda Hammond.

“Oh good, you’re awake,” she commented quietly.

“What happened?” I questioned groggily.

“You passed out when you arrived in the manor. You were running a fever. I volunteered to tend to you,” Melinda informed me. “Your father and friend finally went to sleep not too long ago. They were hoping to be here when you woke back up,” she added.

“How long was I out?”

“Only about twelve hours. It’s pretty early in the morning. How are you feeling?” she inquired, pressing the back of her hand against my furry forehead. “I will be honest, it is hard for me to tell if you are still overheated.”

I closed my eyes for a moment, mentally scanning my body. My muscles were still weak and sore, but I felt otherwise intact. My head was pounding in my skull and my throat was dry. But I was alive. “I feel fine. A little thirsty,” I responded.

She smiled. “I’ll be right back, then,” she announced before standing. Melinda stepped around other mats and glided out of the room.

I laid there for a moment, staring at the ceiling and hoping my headache would subside. Finally, I pushed myself up and sat on the mat. At first, I cradled my head in my hands, nursing my pulsating temples. I noticed I was wearing clean clothes. They must not have wanted a half-naked worgen lying around. I couldn’t help but realize that my fur was dry and clean. Did someone actually wash me? It was a strange thought. Why would they bother? I recalled my dream; I was a monster in so many eyes. Why would anyone take the trouble to clean me up?

Melinda came back a few minutes later with a goblet. Carefully, she knelt down next to me and handed the cup to me. I graciously took it and lapped it up, too thirsty to care how I looked while doing it.

“Better?”

I nodded, letting out a satisfied sigh. “Thank you.” We sat there quietly for a bit. “So what happened to Duskhaven?” I asked.

“As far as I know, nothing has changed. The evacuation is finished and the people are safe,” she responded. “But I have no idea what happens now. If the Forsaken are still out there, I don’t imagine we can stay here forever. But we’re safe for now,” she sighed.

“Where are your children?”

“They’re sleeping. They’ve had a long day. Though probably not as long as yours.” She placed her hand on the back of mine. I fought the instinct to withdraw as her fingers brushed against the fur. “Thank you, again, for keeping my family safe.”

I looked away. “It was the least I could do,” I responded. I wondered if it in any way began to make up for my other sins. I glanced back up at Melinda. She looked tired and worried. “Thank you for looking after me. Please, you should go be with your children and get some rest.”

“You sure you’re alright?”

“I’m not going anywhere. Don’t worry,” I promised. I wasn’t sure I even trusted my body to move yet.

She smiled. “Then I’ll take my leave. I’m sure the kids will be happy to see you’re alright when they wake.” With that, she rose and left me at my little makeshift bed.

I fell back onto the cushion and stared at the ceiling. My headache was a little bit better after having the water. My stomach grumbled, but I tried to ignore it. I could wait until later in the morning. I could avoid being a bother a little longer.

In the peace of the early morning, I could hear quite a bit around me. There were intermittent sniffles and groans from the resting survivors around me. There were quiet murmurs, possibly coming from the next room over. How many people could they pack in here? My stomach twisted again. And do they have enough food? For how long?

I was sure the king and the mayor were devising a way to keep the people safe; I just wish I had the peace of mind to know what that plan was. My mind darted from one question to another. But my body was still weak enough that it was fairly easy to drift to sleep.

I didn’t dream – or, at least, I don’t remember dreaming. When I returned to consciousness, I felt a hand stroking my mane. An enticing aroma met my nostrils; it was cooked meat. Not just any meat…bacon! As I opened my eyes, I came face to face with Daniel’s friendly visage.

“You’re up,” he sighed as our eyes locked. He brought his hand forward, resting it on the side of my face and rubbing his thumb along my furry cheek. “Thank the Light.”

I didn’t know what to say. Again the beautiful scent of bacon floated into m awareness. My stomach growled very audibly. “Do I smell bacon?” I asked dumbly. Wow; smooth, Naomi. But my tummy had pretty much taken over my thoughts.

Daniel smiled. “I thought you might be hungry,” he chuckled. Gently, he helped me sit up before offering me a plate with a small mountain of thin bacon strips. The smell was overpowering; my mouth began to water.

“Holy Light, I love you,” I exclaimed, snatching up a strip and nearly inhaling it. This is heavenly! It took me a moment to realize what I had said. I blinked a couple of times and stared over at Daniel.

He had a strange smile on his face. “I know yesterday was crazy, to say the least, but…” He cleared his throat. “Have you had a chance to, you know, think about us?” he asked.

I shoveled another couple slices of bacon into my mouth to buy myself some time. I couldn’t help but dwell on the dream I’d had before. I thought about Lord Godfrey’s words and the fear-filled eyes that turned my way every time I walked down the streets of Duskhaven. I recalled how the barmaid had told my father that they wouldn’t serve me.

I swallowed. “Daniel…I still don’t know if that’s a good idea,” I finally responded, despite everything that I wanted.

His face fell. “Why?” His voice was wrought with disappointment.

“Think of what it would do to your reputation,” I pointed out. “People are afraid of me. People hate me.”

“I don’t think that’s true,” he responded.

I looked away. “I don’t know if you didn’t notice, but people hate my kind. I know you look at me and see me, but they all just see a worgen,” I protested.

“That may have been true before; but after yesterday I’m pretty sure things have changed,” Daniel countered. “They all know what you did down on the coast. Miss Allen and Miss Hammond made sure to spread the word. I wouldn’t be surprised if people didn’t start warming up to you.”

I looked down, grabbing another strip of bacon and munching on it pensively. “I don’t know,” I sighed.

“And for what it’s worth, I don’t care about my reputation,” he claimed. Daniel repositioned himself to sit beside me. I couldn’t help but be reminded of how much bigger my body was than his. “I’m hearing that you’re still scared. What I’m not hearing is that your feelings for me haven’t changed, Poppet,” he stated calmly. He reached up and planted his hand on top of my head, between my ears, and began to stroke my fur. “So what do you say? With everything that’s going on, doesn’t it make sense to have someone you can hold close?”

“I…I guess,” I responded after a moment. I don’t honestly know why I was still hesitant. My dream kept coming back to me. I guess part of me still believed I didn’t deserve to be happy. I wanted to fight against that. “There’s still a lot I need to figure out,” I told him.

“Then let me help you figure it out,” he offered, leaning his head on my shoulder.

I was quiet, taking more pieces of bacon to give me an excuse not to say anything. I wondered if wat he said was true. Were the people starting to accept me? If they could look beyond my past, couldn’t I?

My father walked in with Krennan. He seemed excited to see me awake. “Naomi! Thank the Light. Are you feeling better?” he asked immediately. I nodded, watching his face as his eyes darted from me to Daniel and back. How would Daddy feel about all of this?

Krennan shuffled forward and gave me my daily dose of the serum. “I’m glad to see you made it through everything in one piece,” he stated sincerely.

I downed it and grimaced. It successfully washed away the delicious after-taste of my breakfast, replacing it with that putrid sensation. My father was holding a goblet, which he promptly handed to me. The water was able to wash out the taste a little bit.

“I’m sure you have some catching up you need to do with your family and friends, Naomi. But, if possible, could I have a word with you sometime later?” Krennan requested.

I nodded. “I will find you soon,” I assured him. He nodded and shuffled away. That’s odd….I wonder what he wants.

My father took a seat near me. “So I have been hearing some wild rumors about what happened yesterday. Are they true?”

I sighed and began to recount the events down near the coast. I tried to leave out some of the more graphic details. I also felt compelled to leave out the part about me going into some kind of blood frenzy. I didn’t want anyone knowing I might be losing control. I didn’t even want to think about it.

They listened attentively. They could tell that certain parts were difficult for me to talk about and offered encouragement. Finally, I finished the story with the ride up to the manor.

“My daughter, the hero,” my father laughed. “I could get used to it.” I averted my eyes. I don’t feel like a hero.

After chatting a bit longer, they helped me stand. I took a few uneasy steps as I established my balance. I was still pretty sore, but I was recovering quickly. I stretched out, letting out a massive yawn while I did and displaying my monstrous teeth.

I took a quick opportunity to survey the room I had slept in. There were rows of cots on the ground. There were a few survivors still lying down, but most of them were empty. The room was gigantic, but nothing compared to what I remembered from the entry hall. There were piles of luggage everywhere that there weren’t sleeping mats.

“So, what now?” Daniel asked.

I looked between the two important men in my life. “There are some people I need to meet with. Can I meet up with you again at lunch time?” I requested. I don’t know why, but I felt like I needed to do this alone.

“Take whatever time you need,” my father responded, albeit reluctantly.

“Are you sure you don’t want company?” Daniel offered.

I shook my head. “I swear I won’t do anything stupid. I mean, how much trouble can I get into here?” I pointed out, forcing a laugh.

“Well, if it’s here, you’ll find it, Love,” he responded.

“That’s probably true,” I affirmed. I gave them both a careful hug before they left me to my own devices.

I made my way out of the room. I could hear my claws clicking on the tile floor as I walked. I emerged an enormous, open room. There was a magnificent staircase off to my left. I recognized it as the entry hall. There were people everywhere – standing in groups, sitting on the floor, and wandering around. I could see more stacks of luggage lining the walls and covering up whatever decorations the royal family had displayed.

I wandered through the groups, looking for one of the people I needed to meet with. Like Daniel had indicated, the glances I was getting from the other Gilneans was considerably less harsh. Some of them even looked at me in admiration. Of course, none of them came to talk to me, but it was a start.

I smelled food; not just bacon. I kept sniffing the air, following the scent into another room. This room was incredibly long with a table running the entire length. Dozens of platters and bowls were strewn across the table. Servants were hustling about, replacing empty platters and the like. Again, the question of how long they could feed everyone popped into my head. For now, it looked like they were feeding us like aristocrats. I thought about browsing the table to grab some more food, but I had had more than enough bacon for one person. I was sure we would have to start cutting back soon and there were other people more deserving of food.

After surveying the room, I realized that Krennan, Lorna, and Mayor Armstead were not there. I began to leave the room.

“Miss Worgen!” I heard series of youthful voices exclaim. James, Ashley, and little Cynthia Hammond ran up to me and threw their arms around my legs. Their mother wandered up behind them and watching her children with an amused smile.

I crouched down to their level. “Hey, you three! Do you guys like it here?” I asked.

James shrugged. “It’s okay,” he responded. “It’s crowded.”

“But those mean things aren’t here,” Ashley pointed out.

Cynthia didn’t say anything. Instead, she reached under the end of my pants legs to put her little hands on my fur.

“I told them you woke up early this morning and they wanted to find you,” Melinda informed me.

I grinned as I stood back up. “I’m really glad you are all safe,” I told them. I looked back to their mother. I asked if she had seen any of the people I was looking for.

“I think I saw Mister Aranas just outside the manor, near the banister overlooking the stables,” Melinda responded. “And Mayor Armstead was wandering about a short time ago, but I can’t say I know where she is now.”

I thanked her and managed to separate myself from the children, promising to see them later. Cynthia was the hardest to get away from. I don’t know why, but the little girl seemed to really like me. It was a great little confidence boost.

I stepped around them and out of the dining room. I made my way straight for the exit of the manor. I hesitated at the door. Is it still raining out? My fur’s finally dry…and clean… I wasn’t terribly excited about the prospects of feeling filthy again. Shaking my head, I finally threw the door open.

Luckily, it wasn’t raining. Sadly, though, I was not met with warmth and sunshine. The skies were dim and grey. I could see lightning arcing across the clouds off in the distance and the sky threatened to open up at any moment. No matter how long I lived here, it always astounded me how quickly the weather shifted here in Gilneas. The air was chilly, very much unlike the last couple of mornings. It was the first time I was actually remotely thankful to be covered in fur; the cool air was much more tolerable.

I glanced around. There were guards patrolling around everywhere. But there was no trace of the Forsaken. I couldn’t even detect their foul scent on the wind drifting up from Duskhaven. Oddly enough, everything was quiet.

I caught sight of Krennan speaking with someone near the stairs. I thought I recognized the other person, but her back was turned to me, so I couldn’t be sure. As I approached, Krennan took notice of me and the woman turned. It was Mayor Armstead. That’s convenient; now I only need to find Lorna.

“Ah, Naomi; glad to see you on your feet,” the mayor greeted with a smile. “After you collapsed, we were worried that the injury to your leg had taken to festering. Fortunately, that was not the case.”

I nodded. “It was a long day,” I sighed, hopping a bit on my paws to test out my still-sore muscles.

Her face went solemn. “Indeed it was,” she responded darkly. “Thank the Light you were there to help. Warriors are few and far between in our little nation.”

I made a motion as if I were raising an eyebrow – though, I don’t think I really had eyebrows any more. “Warrior?” I wondered aloud. The way she referenced it, it sounded like she was talking about something more than someone who fights.

Mayor Armstead just gave me a mysterious smile. “It’s nothing.”

I looked over to Krennan who simply shrugged. “Alright,” I conceded. “Krennan, you wanted to speak with me?”

He gave a slight nod. “Yes, I did. It’s about the…um…the serum.”

My eyes widened. “Don’t tell me it’s still in Duskhaven,” I exclaimed fearfully. Without that, I’ll…

“I’ll get to come out and play again!”

“Oh, no. We were able to get what we have out,” he assured me. I breathed a sigh of relief. “I made sure that the stores were moved as soon as the evacuation order was given. However…” He trailed off, shuffling uncomfortably.

I stared at him, mind frantically wondering what he was going to say. What would have Krennan so freaked out? My heart rate started to rise. If he’s nervous, I should be, too.

He cleared his throat. “I’m afraid that I do not have the necessary ingredients and equipment to make any more for the foreseeable future,” he announced.

“How…how much do we have?” I gasped.

Krennan cleared his throat again. “Well, after yesterday…” He glanced at the mayor. “Right now, you’re the only worgen who needs it.” My ears fell as I was reminded of the slaughter that met the other worgen. “So long as that remains unchanged, I have enough stocked up for maybe a month.”

“So I have a month left of being me,” I concluded solemnly.

“Unless we can get somewhere where I can get the items I need before then, yes,” he responded. “But that’s not all.” He shifted uncomfortably again. “I know we had a deal, but the Forsaken’s arrival has changed things. I’ve been speaking with Miss Armstead and…I don’t think you should go out and search for your friend quite yet.”

“What?” I blurted out. I hadn’t exactly thought out how I planned on looking for her, but it was still something I had to do. There was no debating it.

“What he’s trying to say is that the Gilnean people need you here,” Mayor Armstead interjected. “When the Forsaken come – and come they will – we will need you. If you went out on this tracking mission, we’d all be at risk.”

“She’s Gilnean, too. She’s out there and she needs me,” I protested.

Mayor Armstead closed her eyes. “I know. But…” She let out a long sigh. “I know.”  We were silent for quite some time. “Like I said; if we stay here, there’s a battle coming. For the time being, we need you to stay here. I implore you; you can make sure your countrymen survive this. Please stay until we can ensure the safety of Duskhaven’s survivors. Haven’t they been through enough?”

Haven’t I been through enough? I wanted to argue further, but what good would it do? I could sneak off to try to find Gwen, but what then? I’d lose control as soon as Krennan’s potion wore off. And if I abandoned them and the Forsaken showed up, I wouldn’t be able to come back. I had little other choice than to wait until I had their leave to go after my friend.

I groaned in frustration. “Fine,” I sighed.

“We really are sorry,” Krennan assured me, diverting eye contact again.

Something occurred to me. “So what happens…what happens if we’re still here and we run out of the serum?” I asked. Specifically, what happens to me?

He seemed to catch my meaning. “I…I don’t know. I will do everything I can to figure something out,” he promised.

“If worse comes to worse, we have some empty pens,” Mayor Armstead pointed out. “We can keep you alive and secured until we find a solution.” She watched my uncomfortable expression. “But I’m sure it won’t come to that.”

I wondered if there were even enough supplies for us to hold out that long. How could they have that much set aside in the manor? The possibility of the curse taking control again, though, sill ate at my mind. “What are the chances you’ll be able to make more if we can get out of here?” I asked.

Krennan shook his head. “I’m not sure. Duskhaven may be a lost cause.” I glanced over at Mayor Armstead and noted a markedly dejected expression. “It is possible that my old students in Stormglen may have some stores of mandrake essence. Otherwise, we’ll have to re-establish trade with the surrounding kingdoms, which will take some time.”

“That is, if there are still people in Stormglen,” the mayor mumbled.

“What do you mean?” I blurted out. “I thought you said you heard from them about Gwen!”

Krennan and Mayor Armstead locked eyes for an uncomfortable moment. “Shortly after we received word your friend wasn’t there, we lost contact with Stormglen. My hunters were unwilling to go into the Blackwald to find out what was going on.”

“Some hunters,” I scoffed.

“If you’d heard the stories, you’d avoid the place, too. So, for all we know, Duskhaven was the last bastion for our people left. And now that, too, may be lost,” she responded. Mayor Armstead looked away for a moment, her eyes glistening. “But at least its people are safe,” she sighed.

“But I will do everything in my power to make sure you remain in control as long as possible…and regain it as quickly as is possible beyond that,” Krennan vowed in order to fill the awkward silence.

“I…I understand…thank you.” I thought about Daniel. He talked about not caring about my condition; about wanting to be with me. It would be impossible if the curse took full control again. I should tell him. Part of me wanted not to, though. Part of me wanted to play out this fantasy that everything would be alright, just a little bit longer. “Was there anything else you needed to talk about, Krennan?” I inquired.

He shook his head. “N-no, I suppose that was all,” he replied.

“Can I make a request?” I blurted out. Krennan nodded quickly. “Could you…could you prepare a week’s worth of the serum for me and pack it into a satchel?” I paused and observed his confused face. “If something happens and I get separated from everyone…I want to be able to stay as myself long enough to…well, to get home,” I explained.

Krennan nodded after a moment. “I’ll have the bag prepared by this afternoon,” he stated. I thanked him and he excused himself from the group, leaving just Mayor Armstead and me.

“He really is quite upset about the situation,” Mayor Armstead pointed out as Krennan ambled away. “He feels like he’s failed you…failed all of us.”

“I imagine there’s nothing he could have done.”

“He doesn’t see it that way. The king tasked him with curing the worgen curse. And, to that end, I would say he succeeded. But in the end, he couldn’t save the ones he brought back. You’re all that’s left and it’s killing him that he can do nothing but watch as his treatment dwindles.”

I stared after Krennan, unable to think of anything in response to that explanation. I wondered how much blame he placed upon himself. If he completely cured the curse and we were able to return to being human, maybe the others wouldn’t have been sent on a suicide mission. Did he think that? I really hoped not.

“I’m more to blame for the people we lost today than he is,” I commented dejectedly.

“Now stop that,” Mayor Armstead insisted. She let out a long sigh. “Walk with me.” She led me away from the railing along the side of the manor. We passed groups of Gilneans who all seemed to be lingering around just looking for something to take their mind off of their current predicament. “Tell me everything that happened,” she invited.

I spent some time recounting the events of the previous day. I told her all the details from the shoreline that I had left out before. I explained the details of the evacuation. “So…if I had done the smart thing and gone straight to the Hayward brothers’ home, they’d still be alive. I could have saved everyone. Their blood is on my hands,” I concluded miserably. We entered a garden at the far end of the manor. Things were strangely peaceful and beautiful here, like nothing of the last couple of days ever happened.

“You’re being dramatic,” Mayor Armstrong stated, shaking her head. “You and Krennan are exactly the same…blaming yourselves for things that were out of your control.”

“But…”

“No. There are no buts here,” she interrupted. “Think about it. If you want to say your decisions got those people killed, then there’s plenty of blame to share. I sent my men with Prince Liam to the shoreline where many of them drowned. I used the town watch to organize the evacuation in town instead of sending more to warn the outlying properties. And if you want to talk about Prince Liam, if he hadn’t been drunk, maybe he leads the men to safety earlier and fewer drown. Lord Godfrey – that sadistic son of a bitch – knowingly sent the other worgen to their death. But you…he tried to do it with you and failed. And if you think the king is blameless in all of this, you are wrong in ways that will make your head spin,” she explained.

What is that supposed to mean? “What did the king do?” I actually asked.

She shook her head. “It’s not for me to say. But if you ever get the chance, ask him about Archmage Arugal; see what he has to say,” she advised. I had a brief recollection of Prince Liam mentioning that name back in Gilneas City. My mind buzzed with questions. “But as I was saying, we could blame ourselves and it ain’t going to do a damn bit of good. At the end of the day, none of this would have happened if the curse hadn’t ravaged our population months ago. None of this would have happened if the Forsaken hadn’t attacked us unprovoked. These are things that we could not control.” She paused for a moment to let it sink in. “They came to wipe us out. All we could do was try to save as many lives as possible.”

“But if I’d only gone there first…”

“Do not focus on the lives that were lost. Focus on the lives you saved…and there were many of them. From what I hear, you alone cut down a sizeable number of them. We actually may stand a chance because of you. Their blood isn’t on your hands, our lives are.” She placed her hand on my shoulder.

I didn’t know how to respond. I felt somewhat better, but I still couldn’t completely shake my guilt. “I got lucky,” I finally said. “I’m no hero.”

Mayor Armstead let out a short chuckle. “You asked me earlier why I cared so much for your safety. Well, there are several reasons. The first, of course, is because I am thankful for what you did at Light’s Dawn. Selflessness like that is rare in this country and I would rather not see it snuffed out. Another reason is that attitude of yours.” I stared at her uncertainly. “You are a hero, whether you think so or not…but there’s a humility to you that proves your nobility.”

“My…nobility?”

“Not in the traditional sense. Look at Lord Godfrey…he’s a noble and he fancies himself a hero. He believes he’s the one who will save Gilneas. You’ve seen how…likeable…he can be. His hubris makes him, well, less than noble; despite his upbringing,” she explained. “You, on the other hand, are not trying to prove you’re a hero…you are simply trying to help when and however you can.”

“I just want to be accepted again.”

“A goal you are well on your way to attaining,” she pointed out, echoing Daniel’s comments from this morning. “There is…one final reason I want your safety,” she added after a moment.

My ears perked up curiously. “Oh?”

She laughed again. “Your father,” she responded. “There was a reason he always made port in Duskhaven,” she mentioned with a sheepish smile. I caught her meaning.

“Why did he never mention anything to me?” I wondered. This seemed like a pretty big deal; I thought he would have told me.

“Your father is a very honorable man. Or, at least that what he would like people to see in him. He felt it would be improper for people to know of us, even though we started seeing each other years after the death of your mother,” Mayor Armstead explained. “Maybe he thought it would hurt my reputation, as well. So when he came in to dock, we would meet for ‘business’ to keep things…clandestine.”

I actually laughed. “Things make a little more sense now.” He is, after all, human. He has needs.

“I’m glad. After all, it is a strange, strange world we live in. It’s always comforting when something makes sense.”

I was quiet for a moment. “A little bit ago, when we were speaking with Krennan, you called me a warrior…what did you mean by that?”

Her head bobbed up and down a bit. “I take it you caught my meaning that I was not simply calling you a fighter.” I nodded in affirmation. “There are people in this world born with certain talents. There are those that have the capability of manipulating light and shadow to move around unseen. Others have the uncanny ability to manipulate the arcane magics. We call them mages. Your friend, as you are well aware, has an astounding attunement to nature. Becoming a druid is not a matter of choice, but of birth. It is the same for the others I have spoken of.”

“And…you think I’m…like that? What ‘powers’ would I have?” I asked in disbelief.

“As I said, what you are is a warrior. Warriors are phenomenally gifted fighters. They are driven by an unparalleled fury that fuels them in the heat of battle. You felt it, didn’t you? Down on the shoreline?”

“It was like…like I wasn’t in control of myself anymore,” I recalled pensively. “I thought that…for a moment…I thought the curse had taken hold.”

“On the contrary…your body was reacting to your needs and survival imperative. As your rage builds in battle, you become more and more dangerous. And yet…and you are living proof of this…though a monstrous berserker in battle, the warrior is typically docile and amicable in day-to-day life. Just like there are only a handful of druids in Gilneas compared to ordinary citizens, true warriors are rare. I can only think of a few others…one we call our king and the other presumably died with you in Light’s Dawn.”

“So I’m some kind of legendary fighter?”

“You have potential. As for legendary…that’s a path you’ll have to cut yourself,” she pointed out.

I sighed. “Well, you can count on me to do everything I can when the Forsaken come knocking,” I assured the mayor. “It’s just…”

“Another request?” she jested.

I nodded. “If I’m going to fight…Could I, you know…have something a little more substantial than cotton clothing?”

She smiled. “I’ll talk to the craftsmen and see what we can put together with what we have here,” she promised. “I’ll take care of that immediately. Was there anything else you wanted to discuss?”

I took a moment to think through it. “No…I suppose there isn’t,” I responded. “Thank you for taking the time to talk to me.”

“Any time.”

Only one more to talk to. “You haven’t seen Lorna Crowley, have you?” I threw in as the mayor started to walk away.

“Last I saw her, she was on the other end of the garden, over there,” she responded, pointing behind me. “If she’s not there, your guess is as good as mine. Ciao, love.”

I nodded and spun around on my paws. I walked slowly through the garden, taking the time to observe the hedges and fountains that adorned the area while I thought through what Mayor Armstead had told me. It was a relief to know what I’d felt wasn’t the curse taking over. But it was strange to think that I was more like Gwen than I had ever realized. I was always just…ordinary.

As I passed a wall of hedges, I caught sight of Lorna leaning against a railing overlooking the sea. There was a frown across her face, but she seemed more pensive than morose. I started to get nervous. I have to tell her everything. I was resolved to do that. I would tell her everything and hope she wasn’t too angry.

“Lorna,” I called gently as I walked up to her.

She jumped, surprised to hear her name being called. “Oh, it’s you, Naomi,” she gasped after she had caught her breath. “You startled me.”

“I have that effect on people.”

“Are you feeling okay? You weren’t looking so great when you made it back yesterday,” she pointed out.

“I’m still a bit tired, but I’m alright,” I assured her.

“I’m glad,” Lorna responded simply. “I was hoping I’d get a chance to speak with you.”

“Same here. I owe you an account of Light’s Dawn.”

“You don’t owe me anything,” Lorna insisted.

“But I do. You saved me from Josiah Avery. The least I can do is tell you the truth.” And so I told her everything that happened at the cathedral. She listened intently and stood there in silence long after I finished my tale. I stared back at her cautiously, trying to read her face for some hint of how she was feeling. Is she angry? Disappointed? I couldn’t read her stone-set face. For some reason, my eyes started to water. “Please say something.”

“What do you want me to say?” she finally asked.

“I don’t know…tell me you hate me or…something.”

She glanced at me in confusion. “Why would I hate you?” She seemed genuinely curious for my reasoning.

“Because I…I turned on you father and his men when I…you know…changed into this,” I responded.

“But you didn’t,” Lorna claimed.

“Wh-what?” I was more than a little taken aback by her response.

“I’ve spoken at length with Krennan Aranas. He interviewed all of the rescued worgen. He told me that they all said the same thing: something had taken over their bodies and they could do nothing but watch. Did they lie?”

I slowly shook my head. “N-no, but…”

“Then you didn’t betray my father. You fought alongside him until the last possible moment. Anything that happened after that…well…I can’t hold you accountable,” she told me. What is going on? Every attempt I made to prove that everyone hated me was failing. “And…and I know that if my father is still out there…When I find him, he’ll try to kill me…because it won’t be him…not really.”

I looked down at the ground. My mind was scanning all of my memories from when the curse had control. I recalled the attack on Keel Harbor. When I attacked Daniel, I hesitated and eventually ran. Why didn’t I kill him? I still didn’t know the answer. The curse had never shown mercy before. “Maybe…maybe not,” I finally stated.

“And what do you mean by that?” Lorna inquired, her voice taking a somewhat hopeful tone.

I told her about Keel Harbor. “I think that maybe, somehow and only for a moment, I was able to hold myself back. Your father is…well, he’s stronger than I will ever be. If anyone can wrestle control from the curse, it’d be him,” I pointed out. Of course, that is if he’s still alive.

Just give me the chance again. We’ll see who controls who. Next time, I’ll bury you forever.” I chose to ignore the voice in my head.

Lorna’s head bobbed up and down a bit. “We can only hope.” She let out a long sigh. “It’s really hard.”

“What is?” I had an idea of what she could be referring to, but I wanted to be sure.

“I hate the worgen…I hate everything that they are. But…I have to remind myself that you…you’re not that. Sure your body is, well, one of them…but the thing that really matters is still human. It’s hard to remind myself of that.”

“Oh,” I sighed. “If it helps, I find it hard not to hate myself, too,” I told her.

She shook her head. “I hate the curse…I don’t hate you…and neither should you,” Lorna advised. “I can only hope that others can make that distinction. Like I said, it’s not easy.”

“No it’s not,” I agreed.

We stood there in silence for a moment, looking out over the cliff to the sea.  The waters were unsettled down below. It was to be expected, given all of the seismic activity and the storms. A thick fog had rolled in, so we couldn’t see very far out to the ocean. I thought I could see large shadows moving, but it had to have been my mind playing tricks on me. There’s no way something could be that high up.

“There you are,” a familiar voice announced behind me, causing my ears to perk up. I spun around to find Daniel walking towards us. He was carrying a large loaf of bread. “I was beginning to wonder if you’d run off again.”

“Sorry. There were some people I needed to touch base with,” I apologized. I don’t know how long it had been since breakfast; I’d lost track of time from having to tell so many tales. “Oh, this is Lorna Crowley, she’s…”

“Lord Crowley’s daughter?” Daniel concluded immediately. He eyed Lorna uncertainly.

Lorna returned the look with an edge of defiance. “There a problem?”

Daniel shook his head quickly. “N-No, of course not. I just…wasn’t expecting to meet someone from the Crowley family…at least not here at the king’s manor,” he sputtered.

I let out a raspy giggle. It was cute seeing him so flustered. “Calm down, Daniel,” I laughed. “She’s a friend,” I assured him.

He nodded.

Lorna continued to study Daniel curiously. “So who are you? Friend of yours, Naomi?”

If I could blush underneath this fur, I probably was. “You could say that, yeah,” I responded. From the change in Lorna’s expression, I expected she took my meaning.

“She has no shortage of friends…not that she’s willing to admit it,” Daniel laughed, nudging up against me. He broke off a hunk of bread and handed it to me. “Here. They’ve started divvying out food for lunch. I figured I’d get you something. It’s not much, but…”

“We should probably start conserving. Light knows how long we’re going to be pent up here,” I finished, holding the bread but not eating any quite yet. Daniel nodded.

“It’d better not be too long,” Lorna scoffed. “There are some things I need to take care of.”

I couldn’t have agreed more with her; though what things she was referring to, I could only guess. I recalled what Krennan had told me about the serum. If I wanted any hope of remaining myself, we needed to get out of here. My stomach twisted uncomfortably. What should I tell Daniel? Should I tell him anything? I knew what he would say. He’d be painfully optimistic and say that we’d figure something out. He’d tell me he’d still want to be with me even if I was a slobbering beast. I closed my eyes. He told me he wouldn’t let my appearance get in the way because they might cure me one day. He carried that ‘what if’ attitude into anything. Why couldn’t I? For all I knew, Krennan would be able to find the materials he needed and I wouldn’t have to worry about it anymore. Then what would be the use of making him worry about it?

“You all happy over there? You look like you’re thinking about something,” Daniel checked in.

I smiled; or at least I think I did. “I’m fine,” I responded. I took a massive chomp out of the hunk of bread to give myself an excuse not to say anything right away. “Just thinking about our situation.” It wasn’t completely a lie.

“We’ll get through it,” Daniel assured me, affirming my earlier suspicious regarding how he’d respond if I told him. He leaned in close. “I have something really important to talk to you about, when you have a moment,” Daniel stated quietly.

Something more important that what we discussed this morning? Unless, it has to do with that. “Okay,” I responded dumbly, mind racing to try to figure it out. I turned to Lorna.

She nodded as if to send me along. “We’re all finished gabbin’ over here,” she announced. “Take care of yourself until we next cross paths, Naomi.”

“You too, Lorna.”  Daniel and I walked away.

We didn’t make it more than a few feet before we ran into someone else. The new woman had short, white hair and wore a magnificent gown. She carried herself very confidently and there was a very regal presence to her.

“Naomi Malmin, I presume,” she stated in an almost-motherly tone.

“Queen Mia,” Daniel gasped, bowing down on one knee. .

I thought so! I had been approached by none other than the queen of Gilneas. “Y-yes, ma’am,” I responded quickly.

She gave me a wide smile. “I have heard much about you. I understand you were crucial in my family’s survival during the outbreak in Gilneas City,” she praised.

“I don’t know if I would say that…” I trailed off.

“Nonsense. It’s just a shame you weren’t able to escape the curse like all of the people you helped. We are all indebted to you.”

“Th-thank you,” I muttered quietly.

“I have a favor to ask you.”

“Ma’am?” What could she possibly want with me?

“You ought to speak with Genn,” she replied. It was weird hearing the king referred to by his first name. “He’s been locked up in his observatory ever since this ordeal started. I’m sure he’s working on a plan for his people. After all, he’s a very…stubborn individual,” Queen Mia explained. “He refuses to see anyone, but I think he might make an exception if it’s you.”

“Why me?” That was a question I could ask on many levels.

“My husband’s taken quite the liking to you. You should have heard him when they brought you in to Duskhaven. Please? I think right now the people don’t need a plan; they need their king. Please see if you can talk him in to coming down,” she pleaded.

Again…why me? I looked over at Daniel. “It’s okay; we can talk in a bit, yeah?” he assured me.

I took a deep breath and let out a long sigh. “I’ll see what I can do.”


Go to Directory                                Next Chapter –>

The Fall of Gilneas

Chapter 8: Evacuation

After what felt like an eternity, the tremendous earthquake subsided. After a moment of unnatural silence, a monstrous roar shattered the skies unlike anything I’d ever heard before. It sounded far away, but the sound carried and carried, echoing amongst the clouds. It made my fur stand on end.

Then, the world was silent again. No quakes, no roar… no sounds of battle. Slowly, I lifted my head. Everyone else seemed to be doing the same. Melinda still held her children close, but was looking around uncertainly. The red-headed woman with Melinda was already on her feet, brushing the hair from her face. Godfrey was shaking worse than I was. Slowly, he rose to his feet.

“What in the world was that?” he gasped. “Those were not cannons or catapults, that is for sure.”

I stood up and took a couple of cautious steps, lest the ground be unstable after a tremor like that. I ran across the room to check to make sure the children were okay. They seemed afraid and shaken up, but otherwise fine. Cynthia grabbed my fur as I crouched down to check on them.

I heard Godfrey approaching, his heavy boots slapping the stone floor. “You…go outside and see what’s going on,” he commanded.

“What? Why me?” I complained. “I thought I ‘earned a treat.’”

Lord Godfrey cleared his throat. “I saw you sitting in the corner. I’d say you had your break,” he countered with a snobbish tone.

“Here’s an idea. Why don’t you go outside and see what happened? Why don’t you do something useful for once?” I stood up and turned to face him, looking down on the old man. I was so tired of him.

“I am the commander of Gilneas’ defense forces,” he responded angrily. “Without me, our people would be vulnerable. How dare you suggest that I have been less useful than a mangy bitch like you?” Lord Godfrey snarled.

“Because you sit here in your hidey-hole sending other people to die for you…like all of those poor worgen you sent to their deaths!” My anger was returning.

“Bite him…turn him into one of us. He’ll suffer worse than death,” the curse enticed. I cracked my neck. It was a hard idea to shake off.

“Those beasts were expendable! They…you…are enemies of Gilneas just as much as those blasted undead. The only difference between them and you is we could use you for the time being. But you can’t shake off what you are…you are a curse…a plague on our country. You are dangerous!

I let out a loud snarl and grabbed Godfrey by the neck and slamming him into the wall. It would be so easy. I could break his neck and be done with it. I bared my teeth menacingly as I continued to snarl.

I heard the women gasp and the children screamed. “You see? Nothing but a beast,” he gasped, straining to speak and struggling to free himself from my grasp.

I glanced to the side and saw five pairs of terrified eyes on me. After a moment, my face softened and I released my grasp. Lord Godfrey fell to his knees, gasping for breath. “You filthy mongrel,” he spat. “I don’t care if your Greymane’s prized pet…I’ll see you hanged for this,” he threatened, still trying to catch his breath.

I chose not to respond. Instead, I turned to the still-frightened spectators. “I’m going to go make sure it’s safe. Once I say, take the children and head for Duskhaven. Mayor Armstead will make sure you’re all safe,” I instructed the two women. They gave me hasty nods.

I didn’t do it to appease Godfrey, but rather to spite him. He expected me to become a monster. He expected me to murder my fellow Gilneans. I’d do the opposite. I walked towards the base of the stairs and stared up at the still-open cellar doors. It had started raining again, but it seemed quiet otherwise.

Cautiously, I ascended the stairs. I stepped out into the rain, popping my head out of the cellar. By the Light! My mouth hung open in astonishment as my paws automatically took me the last few steps up until I was fully out of the stairway.

The ground was…gone. There were only a few feet of solid ground extending from the cellar entrance beyond that was the sea. Turbulent waves crashed into the crumbling earth. Who knew how long before the rest would be taken as well? Beyond the advancing waters, I could see pieces of buildings that had collapsed, including the Hammond farm. Beyond that, I could see the capsized wreckage of the two Forsaken ships. I brought my attention closer again. The surface of the violently undulating water was littered with flotsam – planks, crates, anything that would float.

“The ocean, Naomi,” Prince Liam said suddenly, making me jump. He walked up beside me. “It swallowed everything…the land…the Forsaken…our men!” His voice was mournful.

I continued to stare into the water. I could see figures floating beneath the surface. Some were thrashing their way to the surface.

“I was on my way when it happened. There’s no time to waste. A good half of the town watch was in the area that collapsed. We have to get in there and save as many as we can!”

He didn’t need to tell me twice. I dove headfirst into the waters. I swam with all of my strength underneath the surface of the sea, but my muscles ached and groaned in protest. I opened my eyes once submerged; the water was fairly murky. I could make out shadows and shapes, but not much more.

I made for the closest vaguely-human shape I could see. As I got closer, I could tell it was one of the militia. He was unconscious but hopefully still alive. I grabbed ahold of him and swam hard to the surface. With an immense amount of effort, I was able to drag him onto the land and pull him far enough in that he wouldn’t be at risk of sliding back in should more ground give way.

Prince Liam wasn’t far behind me, dragging another motionless body from the treacherous waters. At that moment, the people in the cellar came out to investigate. I called to them for help. Lord Godfrey turned and briskly marched his way up the road. The women, however, ran to our aide. The children looked around in awe before joining their mother.

With help on the way, I ran and dove back into the water to try to save another one. I found someone still conscious and thrashing and helped him to the surface. At first, when he saw me coming, he tried to swat at me, but he quickly lost steam, seeming to be on the verge of passing out. He took in a huge gulp of air when his head broke the surface and he continued to gasp as I dragged him to a nearby plank of wood he could use to help him kick his way to shore.

I went out in search for more. After finding and retrieving another unconscious soldier, something grabbed my ankle. I twisted around immediately and saw the bony, white fingers of a Forsaken invader wrapped around my leg. The assailant tried to drag me deeper into the water and I thrashed and wrenched to free myself from its tight grasp. At last, I pulled up with my trapped leg while simultaneously kicking downward, my free paw smashing into the face of the evil creature. It released its gasped and began to sink away while I was free to bring the man back to the safety of dry land.

As I dragged the man on land, gasping for air myself, I caught Prince Liam’s attention as he was pushing on the chest of the man he was tending to. “The Forsaken…there are some still alive down there,” I informed him.

Melinda and the other worman stared up at me as well after I said it. Then, they looked at each other nervously. The children stayed close to their mother.

The man Liam was helping coughed up a lot of water and began to breathe on his own, so the prince came over to me. He checked the vitals on the man I had just pulled out and then shook his head grimly. My stomach squirmed and twisted uncomfortably.

“You did what you could,” he assured me. If only I hadn’t fought with Godfrey. Maybe I would have been here in time to save him…to save more of them. He let out a long sigh. “With any luck, a few others will find their way to shore.”

“We’re going to leave the others here?” I knew it was hopeless, but I still didn’t like the idea.

“We have little choice. Look, we’ve escaped death through dumb luck. The ocean wiped out most of the Forsaken, but you tell me they could still be down there…” He stopped and waited for me to give him a nod to affirm the statement. “But our ‘luck,’ if you want to call it that, is running out. Even as we speak, the coast is becoming flooded and, from the looks of it, the land beneath us hasn’t completely settled yet.”

I looked around and could see more land crumbling into the waters. The ruins of the farm houses sank a bit further out of sight. The rain continued to bear down on us, which only hastened the loss of land and rising water levels. The ground rumbled yet again, but nothing close to the quake that had torn the earth asunder. How much more will we lose? Will these quakes build up to that level again? “What should we do?” I asked.

“I hate to say this, but we have to leave,” Prince Liam responded. His face twisted into a frustrated scowl. “Damn it, Naomi…I cannot lose my homeland twice in one lifetime,” he exclaimed. “But these earthquakes…they are not an enemy we can defeat.” He let out a long, exasperated sigh. “I’ll make sure this lot gets back to Duskhaven. Take the women and children on ahead. Tell Mayor Armstead to start the evacuation.”

“Where will we be able to go?” I wondered aloud. Gilneas was a peninsula, after all. If the water levels were rising, there weren’t many places we could go to escape it.

“I don’t know. For now, we have to get to higher ground. My father will know what to do. We should head up to the manor,” he suggested, nodding up at the mountain to the north. The Greymane Manor stood at the top of the mountain, overlooking the sea.

“I’ll make sure the mayor is informed,” I stated, starting to turn.

“Naomi,” the prince said, stopping me. “Both in Gilneas City and today…you’ve gotten yourself involved when neither of these were your fights,” he acknowledged. “You’ve put yourself in great danger and paid a terrible price; but you’ve saved so many. On behalf of the people of Gilneas…thank you. Now get home safely.”

I couldn’t help but grin. “I will.” I escorted the Hammond family and the other woman up the road.

“I’m afraid we weren’t able to get acquainted,” the red-haired woman stated as we walked. “Marie Allen,” she introduced. It made a lot more sense why she was in that cellar. I told them my name. “I will admit: I have had little experience with worgen other than what they tell me, so you make me a little nervous,” she told me. I let out a quiet sigh. It’s to be expected. “But you’re not quite like what they said you’d be.”

I thought back to my little altercation with Godfrey. “I’m sorry about how I reacted back in the cellar a little bit ago,” I apologized quietly.

Melinda laughed. “Oh believe me, Lord Godfrey is not a well-liked figure around here,” she assured me. “I think you hit the nail on the head. Fellow like that thinks his money and status allows him to step on everyone else.”

It felt good to hear them taking my side. Godfrey had had me convinced that the Gilneans hated me and always would.

“I never got the chance to thank you, personally, for delivering my children to me,” Melinda continued. “They’re alive because of you.” Each of the children thanked me in unison. “If you ever are in need of anything, please…just let me know.”

“I will,” I assured her.

“Mommy? Where are we going to live now?” Ashley asked her mother.

I finally realized that when we emerged from the cellar, the Hammond Farmstead had been completely washed away. Even if we eventually returned to Duskhaven after this was all over, they wouldn’t have anywhere to go. They’ve lost everything. How could the children really understand what was going on?

“I don’t know, Sweetie. We’ll figure something out,” Melinda soothed.

I fell silent as we quickly walked up the road. As we neared Duskhaven, I was relieved to see that the buildings were all still standing after the earthquakes. I left them as we entered the town, off in search of the mayor. It didn’t take long. She was mounted in the town square, sitting on the back of a large palomino.

“Thank the Light you made it,” she gasped as I ran up to her. “After that last quake, I was sure I had sent you to your death.” She sounded genuinely relieved to see me. “What happened out there?”

“The ground collapsed, taking the farmlands with it into the sea,” I told her. “The water levels are rising. Prince Liam said we have to evacuate Duskhaven.”

Mayor Armstead gazed out into the distance for a moment, seemingly deep in thought. “And the militia? The worgen?” she asked.

“Some of the militia made it out.” I sighed. “The worgen…they were dead before the quake.”

The mayor seemed to avoid eye contact with me. “I had a feeling that would happen. I had a feeling he would…” she trailed off. “Liam’s right. We must get everyone to higher ground,” she finally agreed. “Most everyone has already come to the town for protection from the Forsaken. However, there are a few unaccounted for.” She bit her lip, thinking hard.

It was clear to me what her dilemma was. She needed what remaining members of the town watch she had left to assist in the evacuation, so she couldn’t afford to send anyone to warn the absent citizens. My muscles can go a bit longer. “I’ll spread the word of the evacuation to anyone who isn’t accounted for,” I volunteered.

At first, she looked relieved, but her face quickly fell. “I can’t ask you to do any more. The day is already weighing hard on my conscience.”

“Compared to everything else, going and talking to people sounds simple,” I shrugged.

“Naomi!” I heard Daniel’s voice call out to me. I turned and found him and my father running up to me.

My father came forward and threw his arms around me. He uttered his gratitude to the Light for my safety. “I didn’t think I would see you again,” he told me seriously. “I thought I had lost you…so quickly after finding you again. Are you okay?”

My mind was assaulted with images of the bodies and the battles. I blinked a couple times. “I’ll…I’ll be fine,” I stated, almost dumbly. “I’m sorry I worried you.”

“What…uh…what happened to your clothes?” Daniel threw in as he stood nearby, awkwardly watching us.

I separated from my father and looked down, finally remembering I was shirtless; I had just gotten used to it. I threw my arm across my fur-covered breasts. “Umm…they got pretty messed up out there,” I responded shyly. At least there were still pieces of my pants left to cover my womanhood. I sighed a little bit. With the evacuation, when would there be time to get a new set of clothes? At least I had a bit of natural covering.

“Well, what’s important is that you’re safe,” Daniel shrugged, a strange grin on his face.

“We’re not safe. None of us are,” I responded grimly.

“She’s right. I’m ordering the evacuation of Duskhaven,” Mayor Armstead commanded.

They looked back at me, confused. “It’s a long story.”

“Too long to tell right now,” the mayor insisted. “Captain Malmin, young man…I could use both of your help with organizing the civilians. Can I count on you?” she requested strongly.

My father looked from the mayor to me and then back to the mayor. “What do you need us to do?”

Mayor Armstead told them to go and get as many of the town watch together as they could find and told them to meet her in the square in twenty minutes. Before they could ask me what my role in all of this was, she urged them away. The mayor turned back to me. “If memory serves, there are only a few individuals unaccounted for…” She paused. “At least, from those whose homes were not near where the Forsaken made port,” she sighed sorrowfully. I hung my head reverently. She cleared her throat. “That leaves old Grandma Wahl, the Hayward Brothers, and…” She paused again. “Of course, you remember Lord Darius Crowley’s daughter, Lorna.” She said the last part fairly cautiously; as if she was worried she was touching a sore spot.

“Lorna? She’s in Duskhaven?” I questioned. I don’t know why I was so surprised. This is where the survivors retreated to after all. I guess I just assumed she would have left in search of her father. And, if word had gotten around that I was rescued, wouldn’t she want to ask me about what happened?

Mayor Armstead nodded solemnly. “She never quite recovered after losing her father in Gilneas City. Unlike your friend, we were able to convince her not to leave the safety of Duskhaven. Instead, she closed herself off in the local orchard her family owns and has basically led the life of a hermit,” she explained, shaking her head. “The only visitor she’s allowed in her house has been Krennan…and he won’t say a word about the whole thing.” She shot an approving glance at me. “Maybe you’ll be able to get through to her.”

“I hope so.” If I tell her what happened at Light’s Dawn, will she blame me? Would she hate me for what I did when the curse took hold? I expected the same response from her as I always got from Godfrey. “Wh-what about the others?” I stammered, trying to distract myself.

“The Hayward Fishery is far to the south east. I hope it’s still around. The Hayward brothers have been running it for years. They don’t come in to town very often and Light knows if they have any idea what’s going on. If they’re still alive, let them know of the evacuation.”

“Will do.”

“As for Grandma Wahl…it’s not going to be easy to get her to come with us. She’s probably the oldest citizen of Duskhaven and has lived here all her life, and she won’t like the idea of leaving. You must do whatever you can to convince her, though. Please, do not lose your patience with her. Her mind is old and…well…she’s not entirely…lucid,” she informed me.

“How bad could it be?” I shrugged. And then my mind started imagining how bad it could be. After all, the woman is old and set in her ways. I could only imagine what opinions she’d hold about a beast like me. And what if I gave her a heart attack? The look Mayor Armstead gave me after my reply re-affirmed my subsequent concerns.

“Those are the only ones I can think of who I haven’t seen,” she concluded.

“If they’re still out there, I’ll find them and send them back,” I promised her dutifully.

“And, Naomi…you’ve taken enough risks today. Don’t do anything too stupid out there,” Mayor Armstead instructed.

A strange question bubbled into my mind. “Why do you care what happens to me?” I don’t know why I asked it. Even if I really wanted to know the answer, it could have waited.

Mayor Armstead stared at me for a moment, a compassionate look in her eyes. “There’s not time to go into that right now. When we’re safe, come talk to me,” she replied. “I’ll tell you then,” she promised. “Good luck.”

I finally nodded and left. I could hear the mayor gallop off to start working on the logistics of the evacuation. I ran down the road to the southeast. I started trying to think through who to alert first. Based on where the mayor told me to find these people, the Hayward brothers were the furthest south and potentially in the most danger. Should I head to them and then backtrack? Or should I work my way down?

As I thought through it, I remembered when Lorna shot Josiah Avery in the cellar. Though that was the moment I was doomed to be a worgen, she saved my life. I owed her my life and needed to make sure she would be safe. And her father probably saved all of Gilneas from the curse. I really do owe it to Lorna to make sure she gets out of this. The Hayward brothers would have to wait.

I jogged down the trail, my sore muscles preventing me from moving too quickly. I can’t wait for this to all be over. I need to rest. I wonder if the king will let me use the bath when I join the evacuees at the manor. I entered the trees and cautiously gazed around in case there were any more Forsaken about.

The road was safe. Before long, I came to an orchard. Tall apple trees stood in neat rows beyond the simple fence next to the house. Between the gate and the front door of the house were several large barrels overflowing with delicious-looking red apples. I couldn’t help but eye them as I approached. My stomach rumbled uncomfortably; I hadn’t had a chance to eat anything all morning. They looked perfect, shimmering as the rain splashed onto them. The worms haven’t had a chance to get at them yet. And whoever picked them took so much care as not to leave bruises. I licked my lips, trying to resist the temptation. I had to close my eyes to push them from my mind. But I could still smell them. They smelled so fresh.

I knocked on the door. I could hear movement inside, but nobody came to answer it. I knocked again. “Go away!” I heard Lorna yell from inside.

I paused for a moment, wondering what to do. My original fear that she would hate me returned. I took a deep breath. “Lorna! It’s…” I stopped again. “It’s Naomi! We met in Gilneas City!” I called, hoping my voice sounded enough like me to convince her. Though, then again, she probably wouldn’t remember my voice.

After a moment, I heard the latch on the door release and it swung open quickly thereafter. The moment she laid eyes on me, she took a step back raising her hands defensively in front of her face. “St-stay back! Don’t make me…” I didn’t move. After a moment, she put her arms down, staring at me. She looked like she hadn’t been taken care of herself – as if she hadn’t been eating much.

“Lorna,” I sighed. I didn’t know what I expected her reaction to be seeing me like this.

“Is it…? So it is you,” she concluded after taking some time to inspect me. “You survived Light’s Dawn…”

I looked away, unable to meet her gaze.

“I’m sorry…I’ve seen a few of the worgen walking by the last few days. I’m just used to the civilized ones being more…dressed…than you,” she commented. I automatically raised an arm to cover myself. “You have to tell me what happened at Light’s Dawn! Do you know if my father is alive?” She seemed excited – almost agitated.

“There’s not time for that now,” I claimed. “Mayor Armstead has ordered an evacuation of Duskhaven. Everyone is making for Greymane Manor.”  Lorna seemed genuinely downtrodden at my avoidance of her questions. “Look, once we’re safe, I’ll tell you everything I can remember.” The list of people I was going to have to talk to after we got out was getting long.

“Can you at least tell me if my father made it out?” she requested.

I shook my head. “To be honest, I have no idea. It’s hard to think of there being something that could kill him, though,” I responded. She smiled weakly and nodded. “So will you go join the evacuation?”

She let out a long sigh. “I will. But before I go, I need to round up some of the horses. Our people won’t get very far if anything’s chasing us,” she responded. She bit the tip of her thumb, deep in thought. “Rounding up the horses from the stable grounds is normally a breeze, but…” She didn’t seem like she was talking directly to me.

“But?” I asked after she didn’t continue.

Her eyes snapped back to me. “That last quake must have spooked the ettin, Koroth, down from the mountains,” Lorna explained. “I’ve caught sight of him through the trees to the south from my window. Hopefully he hasn’t gotten his grubby hands on our horses.” Koroth was a legend among our people – a giant, monstrous ettin that historically has kept to the mountains southeast of Duskhaven. He rarely came down, but he always left chaos in his wake when he did. I’d never personally laid eyes on him, but I’ve heard the stories.

“If you’re going out there, then, be careful,” I told her sincerely. “If Koroth is there, I’d rather we took our chances on foot.”

“I’ll be fine. Thanks for the sentiment, though,” she assured me. “Did you come all the way out here just for me? Are you heading back to Duskhaven now?” Lorna asked, surveying me. I wondered if she was picking up on how tired I already was.

I shook my head. “There are a couple more stops I have down south,” I replied. My stomach rumbled very audibly. My eyes flitted back to the apples in the barrel nearby. “Um…do you mind if I…”

“Help yourself. Light knows they’ll be going to waste if someone doesn’t eat ‘em,” Lorna laughed. “Look at us gabbing when there’s work to be done. You fill your belly and get on your way. I’m going to see to the horses,” she instructed. I thanked her as she ran off towards the trees beyond the orchard.

I licked my lips as I gazed down at the apples. I snatched one up in an instant and chomped down into the juicy flesh, taking off more than half of it with one bite. Again, I was astounded by how sensitive my sense of taste was. I was experiencing something as common as apples as if it were the first time. They were so sweet! Some of the juices ran out of the side of my elongated mouth and I quickly licked it off the fur on my chin. I downed the fruit, core and all, in only a couple of bites. I swiped another one and began to devour it.

After a couple more apples, I realized how much time I was wasting stuffing my face. I should really be on my way. I grabbed a few more, cradling them against my body with one arm as I walked off. The rumbling in my stomach subsided and I could feel a little bit of my strength returning. I was a little more certain I would be able to make the journey.

My ears were perked up, scanning my surroundings for danger. Lorna had mentioned Koroth was wandering around; but I was headed a little further west, hopefully away from the lumbering ettin. But there may have been more undead about. Surely, not all of them were on the southwestern shoreline when the quake hit.

I continued to munch on the apples as I jogged down the trail. At one point, I thought I caught movement in the trees to my left, but nothing jumped out at me. I slowed to a walk, wanting to continue on more carefully. Before long, a small cottage came into view. That must be Grandma Wahl’s place, I concluded as I recalled the description the mayor had given me. It was a quaint property, with a small fenced-in yard. A small garden sat at one corner of the fence beside a chair inside a little shelter. The house was peaceful. I could see the flicker from a lamp in the window.

As I approached the door, I started to get anxious again. I began wondering how the old woman would react to seeing someone like me. Would it be better if I just yelled through the door? I knocked.

“Come in!” I heard a rather aged voice beckon. What if I were a Forsaken? How could she just invite me in? On the other hand, if I were a Forsaken, I probably wouldn’t be knocking. I started to pick up the faint smell of death on the air, but it was distant – merely drifting in on the wind.  What do I do?

I decided just to go for it, opening up the door and letting myself in. Grandma Wahl sat on her bed. Deep wrinkles were etched into her face and her skin seemed to hang loosely off her bones. Her hair was white and wispy.

She looked at me; her eyes seemed distant and unfocused. “A visitor! Are you staying for tea, sweetheart?” the old woman asked with a kind smile. She didn’t look the least bit taken aback by the fact that I was a nearly seven-foot-tall bipedal wolf. Something the mayor had told me finally clicked. Was her aging mind so far gone that she didn’t recognize that I was…different? Or was her eyesight that poor?

“No, ma’am,” I responded formally. “Mayor Armstead has called for an evacuation of Duskhaven. We need to leave immediately,” I informed her.  I stole a quick glance around. It was a very simple place; little more than one room containing a kitchen and bedroom. There were two portraits of children hanging above the plain fireplace.  I wondered how old those two were now.

After a second, I could visibly see it on her face when she processed what I had said. “Leave? Now? Well, if I must, then I must.” She didn’t get up; instead, she just stared at me. “Will you be staying for tea, dear?” she asked, smiling again.

By the Light… “No, we need to leave!” I repeated.

“Oh, alright. Please be a dear and find something for me,” she requested.

“Okay, what is it?” I asked.

“I’ve lost my favorite book and won’t leave without it,” she informed me.

Really? A book? “Ma’am, we don’t have time for that! We have to leave now. There are things out there that are trying to kill us and the ground is falling into the sea!” I explained frantically. “If we don’t get out of here now, you might not make it in time.”

“I can’t leave without my favorite book,” she reiterated stubbornly, crossing her frail arms. “And that’s final.”

“But, ma’am!”

“Dear, just find the book, will you?” she insisted.

I let out an aggravated sigh. “Fine. Where do you think it is?”

“I think I remember reading it by the garden,” she responded. Then her face turned pensive. “Or was it by the arbor? Or was I in here?” I couldn’t be certain if she was talking to me. She blinked a couple of times and then looked at me. “My, aren’t you a tall girl? Can I make you some tea, dear?”

“I’m fine, thank you,” I forced myself to tell her yet again. “I’ll go try to find your book, then.”

“My what, dear?”

“Your book,” I repeated, raising my voice  in case she was hard of hearing. “So we can get on with the evacuation?”

“Evacuation? Well, I’ll be needing my book then. Be a dear and fetch it for me.”

I placed my hand over my eyes. Be patient…she’s old. I walked out of the house and just marched over to the garden, hoping her first guess was the right one. If she left it outside in the rain we’ve been having, there probably wouldn’t be much of it left. Luckily, the rain now had already started to subside.

The scent of death was somewhat stronger now. Is something coming this way? I stopped and perked my ears up, listening intently as I examined the forest beyond the fence. Is that the smell of Koroth or the undead? I concluded it was the latter; I’d never smelled – or seen, for that matter – Koroth, but I assumed I would be able to hear his heavy footsteps.

The trees were quiet. An involuntary, low growl bubbled out of my throat as I stepped towards the garden. The flowers were in full bloom, but despite my sensitive nose, I couldn’t smell them above the rotting smell of the dead. I can’t wait to get the hell away from these things.

I caught sight of something under the small shelter in the corner. Underneath the chair was a rather thick book. That has to be it. I mean, how many books could she have?  I almost dove into the shelter, scrambling to pick up the book.

I couldn’t help but peer down at the cover. What could be so important? It appeared to be a racy romance novel. The cover depicted a pastoral setting with a muscle-bound man with sandy hair and a young woman dressed in little more than a tight bodice.  I cringed a little bit as my mind instantly imagined Grandma Wahl reading this…smut.

I let out a groan as I turned to return the book to the old woman. I let myself into her house. “Oh, a visitor! Will you be staying for tea, dear?” Not this again…

“I found your book for you, ma’am,” I declared, handing it to her.

“Why thank you. I hope you didn’t peek,” she commented, looking down at it before looking back at me. I shuffled uncomfortably and couldn’t meet her gaze. “Where are your manners, dear?” she scolded.

“Can we be going now?” I pleaded.

She looked at me in confusion. “What was it you wanted again?”

Again, I placed my hand on my face. “The evacuation order,” I sighed.

“Well I can’t be expected to go out in public like this, can I?” the old woman declared. I glanced her over; she was wearing conservative, very simple clothing. “Go get my good clothes. They’re on the clothesline right outside.”

But it’s been raining! They’re probably soaked anyway. Why did she leave them out there in the first place? “What you’re wearing is fine,” I pointed out. “No one will notice what you’re wearing. We really need to be going,” I begged.

She shook her head in disapproval. “You young people truly have no manners. Were you raised by ogres? I can see you’re perfectly alright with being seen dressed-down, but I am not. Now go get my clothes, sweetie.” It was amazing how little she cared about the coming threats and how quickly her tone shifted from condescension to grandmotherly requests.

I rolled my eyes and stormed out of the house. I stopped immediately. The scent of death was overpowering. I could hear something shuffling off to the right. Carefully, I crept over to the side of the house and peered around the corner.

Sure enough, there was a single Forsaken soldier standing in the yard, near the old woman’s clothes. He was slowly approaching the window, probably going to see if there was someone he could ambush. It doesn’t know I’m here. If I attack now, I can catch it off guard.

With a deep breath, I jumped around the corner and lunged towards the soldier. It reacted a lot faster than I expected, pulling out its sword and taking a swing at me. I tried desperately to change directions. I was moving slower than earlier. His blade glanced my thigh and I let out a little yelp of pain.

I stumbled for a moment before I could stabilize my footing. He ran at me, arm raised to bring his blade down for a more decisive strike. I reached out and grabbed his wrist with a powerful claw and then wrenched the blade from his hand, using it to cut him down.

I started breathing heavily again. What the hell? Why did I get tired so quickly? My leg hurt, too. I looked down and probed the wound tenderly. The undead had only managed to nick me, but there was still a little bit of blood. And putting too much pressure on that leg sent a jolt of pain through my body. All this so some old woman can put on drenched clothes. Annoyed, I collected the clothes from the line and limped back into the house to deliver them to Grandma Wahl.

“You’re a peach, dear. Thanks!” she said as I handed her the soggy dress. She didn’t even seem to notice it was still wet.

“So are you ready to join the evacuation?” I asked, hopefully.

“An evacuation? Oh dear! Well, I just cannot leave without my cat!” Is there always going to be something else with this woman? By the Light, much more of this and I’m going to leave her here.  “He’s an adorable orange tabby. Chance’s favorite spot to play is a broken down cart near an arbor northeast of here. Bring him here and we’ll be on our way.”

“Is that a promise?”

“That’s a promise, sweetie,” she assured me with a smile.

With yet another sigh, I left the house again, leaving the property and heading to the northeast. I saw what looked like an old, rundown buggy. Laying on the back and bathing himself was a small orange cat. Thank the Light this was an easy find. I inched my way forward, not wanting to startle the feline. It perked its head up and began watching my advance suspiciously, but he didn’t run.

Just before I could reach the cat, another Forsaken leapt from the shadows and snatched Chance up. “I’ll be taking this cat. It seems to work as the perfect bait,” the undead creature laughed at me. “Prepare to die now, fool!” He brandished a wicked-looking blade at me.

I’m in no condition to fight this thing. My mind raced trying to figure out what to do. Screw that cat. Screw Grandma Wahl. I don’t want to die for that old windbag. I spun and ran off into the trees, trying as hard as I could to ignore the pain in my leg. It was really slowing me down, especially when combined with my fatigue.

I could hear the Forsaken giving chase behind me. I pushed myself forward, throwing myself past the trees as I passed them. Then, suddenly, I heard a monstrous, yet distinctly old, voice roar, “You do not mess with my kitty you son of a mongrel!”

What followed was a sickening noise, not unlike the ones I remembered from earlier that very day as I was flaying undead invaders. I skidded to a halt, putting my back to a tree. I listened carefully. The woods were silent once again. What in the name of the Light was that?

Warily, I made my way back the way I came. I could see a lifeless form on the ground a little ways back. As I cautiously approached, I identified it as the remains of the Forsaken that had been chasing me. But it had been completely ripped to shreds, its innards spread around the ground. It was gruesome even compared to what I had done.

I knelt down and inspected the corpse. There were large paw prints in the mud near the body from the thing that killed the undead. Another worgen? I thought I was the last one in town. Was it a wild one? But it talked! I surveyed the trees; there was nothing moving. What is going on?

There was a low hissing and spitting nearby. Chance was backed up against the tree, fur standing on end, hissing menacingly. Let’s just get out of here. With Koroth and the undead roaming around…and now maybe wild worgen, I don’t want to be here anymore. The orange tabby swatted at me as I reached down to pick her up. I recoiled a bit before bringing myself to sweep it up off the ground, swiftly.

It tried to twist and squirm out of my grasp, but I held it firmly, running a large hand over his head to try to calm him down. He seemed to be in good shape…all things considered. After some time while walking back, Chance began to settle down. He wasn’t necessary calm by the time I returned, but he wasn’t trying to claw me to death.

Grandma Wahl was on her feet when I entered her house. Her new clothes were covered in mud and she smelled awful. What in the…? I thought about what I’d heard the creature yell out: ‘my kitty.’ That’s what it said. I had so many questions, but I wasn’t entirely sure I wanted the answers. Instead, I opted to just get the hell out of there as quickly as possible. I handed the cat over.

Her aged face lit up. “There he is! Grandma’s special boy!” she nearly squealed. “Thank you so much for finding him! Oh, poor Chance! What have you been into?” She looked down at herself, paying special attention to her hands. “My…what manner of dirt found its way underneath my fingernails!”

I…uh…I don’t think that’s dirt. “So, do you have everything you need?”

“Need? For what, dear?”

I was screaming inside my head. “The evacuation. Mayor Armstead wants you to go into Duskhaven,” I informed her for the millionth time.

“An evacuation? Dear me! Well, I had better collect my things then!”

“Finally!” I gasped before I could stop myself. “I mean…the mayor will be happy to see you. Do you need any help?” I asked.

“Oh, no. You can go on along, dearie. I’ll be along shortly,” she promised. I thought about arguing, seeing as she barely had a memory span of five minutes, but I decided against it. I had wasted way too much time already.

“Okay. See you back in town!” I responded, unable to get out of the little cottage quick enough. I let out a long, aggravated sigh as I walked down the path headed south. The exertion from the day was really catching up to me at this point and the wound on my leg throbbed; though, it didn’t seem to be bleeding much. My stomach gurgled uncomfortably; the apples didn’t seem to agree with all of the running around.

I just can’t wait for this day to be over! I kept on the lookout for more Forsaken troops, but I was more to run than to fight. I didn’t think I had the energy left to engage anything. I might be able to escape on pure adrenaline alone.

I kept heading further and further south. The earthquakes started up again. This took so much longer than I expected. I really hope the Hayward brothers are still okay. I picked up the pace a bit, limping as fast as my sore paws would take me.

I came over the crest of a hill and found the Hayward Fishery. I breathed a sigh of relief when I saw it was still standing. The next thing I noticed was the remains of one of the capsized Forsaken vessels nearby. The tide must have pulled it this far east.

I could hear loud clanging amidst shouting up ahead. Oh no. I jogged forward and I could see several men trying to hold their own against a growing number of Forsaken. There were more climbing out of the water and joining the fray. I brought my hands up to my face as I watched in horror. The men – likely the Hayward Brothers – were soon to be completely overwhelmed.

The first of the brothers fell beneath the blades of the Forsaken and I could hear the agonized cries of his brothers as they tried to get to him. I took a step backwards. I should help them, but…I can’t…I don’t have anything left!

I lingered for a moment, eyes fixated on the battle. More of the brothers were cut down. I’m so sorry! I spun around and ran the other direction, trying desperately to keep the tears out of my eyes and block out the horrible noises of men being slaughtered.

It was all my fault. If I had just gone to warn them first, maybe they would be able to get out. Why didn’t I go there first? It made the most sense to go there first. I knew they were potentially in the most danger. And if I hadn’t wasted so much time with Grandma Wahl…

My chest tightened as I ran up the road. More people were dead because of me. I couldn’t protect them. And this time, I couldn’t blame it on the curse. I made a stupid decision. And…I was simply too weak. Every one of my muscles screamed at me as I ran back towards town – an appropriate feeling to punctuate my thoughts.

By the time I reached Duskhaven, I could barely walk. My paws ached terribly and my legs wobbled. There was almost no one in town now.  They mayor was on her horse near the center of town. She rode up to me as I approached.

“Lorna Crowley and Grandma Wahl showed up some time ago. What about the Hayward brothers? Are they safe?” she asked immediately.

I looked towards the floor, my long face twisting into a frown. “I was…” I trailed off.

“I see,” the mayor realized in a somber voice. “You can’t expect to save all of them,” she sighed.

“I should have been able to…”

“Quiet, now,” she interrupted. “Nothing that has happened today is your fault. And now is not the time to talk about it. It’s time for you to head to safety, Naomi,” she commanded. “Go join the others up at Greymane Manor.”

“But what about you?” I protested.

“I’ll be along; don’t worry about me. I’ll make sure that all the stragglers make it out of here in one piece. And yes, even the few ferals we have in the pens,” she assured me. My ears perked up hopefully at hearing that last statement.

I gazed up at the mountain, able to make out the manor in the distance. This is going to be a rough walk.

“You look like hell. There are some horses by the gate. Take one up the mountain. When you get there, you may want to meet with Queen Greymane about the gravity of the situation,” she advised. “After things have settled down, you and I can have that chat,” she added.

I thought about arguing and offering to help with the remaining citizens and worgen that needed to be moved. But my body’s protests were too hard to deny any more. I wished her good luck and limped off towards the gate.

A black hose stood unattended in the stables. It took most of what I had left to pull myself onto its back. I rode past a huge wrought-iron gate and up the steep slope towards. I passed several more gates, all still open to allow evacuees to make it to safety. My eyes started to feel heavy as I rode. Finally taking a seat and moving further away from the danger was allowing my fatigue to catch up faster.

I looked off to my left at the land below the cliff. I could see where the water had swallowed the farmlands. It looked like it was getting worse. And, while the Forsaken ships were sunk, I could still make out things moving across the remaining farms. We’ll be safe up at the manor. I had to tell myself that. It would be damn near impossible for a force that small to successfully lay siege to the manor.

Finally, the horse reached the summit. There was a livery there, full of horses and carriages. There were a few servants there ready to receive the horse. They stared at me, clearly uneasy with my appearance. I rode up near them and dismounted. They seemed too terrified to help me.

I was barely able to keep my footing as my paws hit the ground. Legs wobbling, I left the horse in their care and made my way towards the manor, which was just up a large stone staircase. I could already see large groups of Duskhaven citizens lingering near the steps. They eyed me uncertainly as I approached and forced myself to climb the steps. They were whispering amongst themselves. I could hear they were talking about me, but I was too tired to really listen.

After way too much effort, I made it to the top of the steps. There were even more Gilneans up here. I limped past them, trying to ignore the mounting exhaustion. I’m so close. I can rest soon. My leg wound throbbed. The people parted ways as I made my way towards the entrance to the manor.

With the last of my strength I pushed the doors open, granting me access to the grand entrance hall. There were many Gilneans inside. They had been looking to Queen Mia Greymane – who stood on a magnificent staircase across the hall – but the moment I opened the doors, they all turned.

Someone pushed their way through the crowd. It was my father. “Naomi!” he called with great relief in his voice.

Daddy! I took a step forward. My vision started going dark. I’m safe now. My legs refused to carry me any further. As my vision failed, I could see my father running towards me; someone was following close behind him. Time to rest.

I hit the ground and the fatigue finally swept me out of consciousness.


Go to Directory                                Next Chapter –>

Hey all,

I’m still working on Chapter 8 of The Fall of Gilneas. I figured I’d share a little doodle I did related to Mistaken Potential. I decided to draw Kaelynara Sunchaser. Below is the pencil sketch followed by what came of me messing around with the free program, GIMP. It’s been quite a while since I have drawn anything, so sorry if I am a little out of practice. Comments and criticisms are welcome.

Kaelynara_Pencil Kaelynara_Outline

Kaelynara_Color_BackgroundKaelynara_Color_Effects

So, there it is.

In other news, I have finished my last semester of classes! I have a doctoral internship starting in August. Once that is finished and I complete and defend my dissertation, I will have finished all of the requirements to graduate with my Ph.D in School Psychology. Then it’s only another year or two before I can become a licensed psychologist! This coming week, I will be working primarily on packing to move out of my apartment in Muncie to a new apartment near where my internship will be. But I will keep working on The Fall of Gilneas. I hope to have Chapter 8 out in a couple days. Well, that’s all for now.

See y’all next time!

The Fall of Gilneas

Chapter 7: Unleash the Beast

I took a step back, trembling a bit. What are these ships? And what the hell is that smell? My ears perked up as a twig snapped to my left. I stood up straight and oriented to the sound. Something cam ambling out of the shadows and charged straight towards me.

I didn’t have too much of a chance to see what it was, short of noting that it ran on two feet and was holding something sharp and shiny in its hand. The creature swung its weapon at me, but my body reacted almost automatically and I leapt to the side. As its arm swung past me, I couldn’t help but notice the exposed bone at its elbow and up part of its arm.

As it stumbled past me, I caught a full-fledged whiff of something that had to have been dead for weeks – at least. The creature stank of rot and pestilence; it stung my nose and almost forced me to gag.

I hopped back to put some distance between us so that I could get away from that stench and to get a better idea of what I was fighting. I let out a disgusted gasp. Whatever it was, it was human in form, but there was no way it could be. Its rotting skin was paler than snow except around the areas of exposed bone and sinew, which was a putrid greenish color. He had thin, scraggly hair that barely covered a head that was little more than a skull with a thin layer of skin stretched across it. Its eyes were set deep in its skull, making them little more than dark shadowy sockets. Its jaw was…missing. The thing’s tongue hung down, flopping around as it moved. The armor it wore matched the skull dagger stuck in the militiaman’s back.

It flailed its arms in agitation and made a strange noise akin to gargling water into a large tin can. I looked down at my claws. I don’t want to stick my hands into that…it’s disgusting. The militiaman’s discarded weapons caught my eyes.

The strange, undead thing charged at me again and I dove to the side, angling my body to land near the weapons. For some reason, my hands grasped the shield first. As I returned to my feet, my attacker had already returned for another strike. I lifted the shield up and heard the telltale clanging of steel hitting the barrier. I pushed back and then, with all of my strength, slammed the shield into its body. The sickening sound of bones cracking reached my sensitive ears.

It staggered back, barely able to keep itself upright. I picked the sword up, lunged forward, and drove the blade deep into its skull. I gargled at me weakly before falling to the ground. I stood over it, panting and holding my hand in front of my nose to block out the smell. It was all I could do to fight off the urge to vomit.

Was that one of those Scourge I had read about? But I had never heard of the Scourge having the ability to use naval vessels. These things were smarter than those mindless zombies. The Forsaken. A shiver ran down my spine. I knew only what I had read in the books, but these things didn’t care who or what they killed. If it wasn’t one of them, they would try to find some way to kill it. It was a miracle their allegiance with the Horde was still intact.

Another earthquake rattled the earth. They were becoming more frequent. Is the world itself falling apart?

I turned my attention back to the Forsaken scout lying dead at my feet. It had been sent ahead of those ships, and now there were more about to be unloaded from them. I have to warn Mayor Armstead!

I spun around and started running back towards town. I have to go faster! I leaned forward and pushed myself harder. Finally, I fell forward and, miraculously, my body’s muscle memory took over, and I began sprinting on all fours. The deafening boom of cannons shattered the skies behind me.

I dashed into town to a cadence of screams from the civilians. At first, I thought they were terrified of me – and perhaps some of them were – since the way I was running was typical of feral worgen. But, as I skidded to a halt and surveyed the crowd, I saw them all looking off towards the harbor.

“Naomi!” my father shouted, running up to me. “There you are! What’s going on?” He gave me a quick hug.

“We’re under attack,” I gasped, trying to catch my breath. “Where’s Mayor Armstead?” I asked frantically.

“I saw her a few minutes ago near the worgen house,” he informed me. I started running there. He chased after me.

The mayor was out in the streets near my sleeping quarters, trying to move her way through the growing, panicked crowd. I dodged around people, advancing towards her. Luckily, people were still uneasy enough with me that they gave me a wide berth, so I didn’t have to try too hard. “Lady Armstead,” I called as I got closer.

“What in blazes is happening?” she questioned.

“The Forsaken…there are ships at the docks,” I stated quickly. I stopped for a moment and looked back at my father who was close behind me. “They sank the Celeste.”

His expression had been serious before, but it became downright mournful at the news. “I…I see,” he muttered. I could almost hear part of him dying on the inside.

Lady Armstead blinked a couple of times. “The reefs…they always protected us from a coastal attack,” she mumbled to herself. Only a few people – like my father – knew the safe route to getting a larger ship close enough to make port. The ground rumbled yet again. “The earthquakes…they must’ve opened a passage for the Forsaken ships,” she realized. “Quick, Miss Naomi. You need to buy us some time. Slow them down while I get the rest of the militia ready.”

“No!” my father interrupted. We both looked at him. He put a hand on my shoulder and stared up at me with almost tear-filled, concerned eyes. “This isn’t your fight,” he told me softly before turning back to Lady Armstead with serious eyes. “This isn’t her fight.”

I came to the realization that, with the “death” of his ship, I was the last thing he had left in this world. But, I was also the only one of the worgen who knew how to fight. They might be able to hold their own if the curse were in control, but…

“You need me, too. Let me take care of these pesky outsiders,” the beast murmured. I resolved to prove it wrong.

“Daddy, I’ll be fine,” I declared. My track record with keeping my promises to people. I needed to do something to make up for what I’ve done as a worgen. “I can help. I need to do this.”

“Why? Why do you need to do this,” he demanded.

I could hear the sound of battle shouts and fighting not too far away. They were getting close to the town. “There’s no time. You can scold me when I come back,” I replied strongly. If I come back.

I heard a familiar voice in the distance yelling and taunting the undead. “I think I can hear the prince,” Lady Armstead mentioned. “He and some of our men must have engaged the Forsaken as we speak. Speak to Liam and see how you can be of use,” she recommended. I started to walk past her in the direction of the sounds of the skirmish. “Oh,” she added, stopping me. “And make sure he doesn’t get himself killed. I’m afraid he might be a little reckless in his current state.”

“I’m sorry?” I questioned dumbly.

“The prince never really…recovered…from Gilneas City. You’ll see what I mean. Good luck.”

I turned and looked to my father. “Stay safe. If you see Daniel, please let him know. Tell him…I’m coming back.” I really need to stop making these promises. This could very well be the last time I see my father.

His expression was stern. I could tell he knew he wouldn’t be able to talk me out of it. He just nodded while standing still. I could see the helplessness plastered across his face. I’m such a terrible daughter. With a low sigh, I faced the direction of the skirmish once again and ran off.

I ducked down the alley and sped past the buildings. I could see humans fighting against more of those creepy, foul undead just beyond the gate. As I closed in, the smell began to overwhelm my senses. I realized I didn’t have a weapon any more…I had left the sword embedded in the scout’s skull. Dummy! I still had my claws though. I am not using my teeth! If they smelled that bad, I was unwilling to even consider finding out how they tasted.

I finally caught sight of Liam. Or, at least I thought it was Liam. I recalled how he had looked in the city – so steadfast and regal. The man who stood before me was anything but. For one, he was shirtless. His hair was long and unkempt, as was his recently-grown beard. He stood in the middle of a crowd of guards, swinging the remains of a broken bottle at the Forsaken attackers. I could see what Lady Armstead had meant. At least he didn’t lose his fighting spirit.

I sprinted forward and dug my claws directly into the belly of the Forsaken immediately in front of the prince. My entire hand pierced the rotting flesh with a sickening squelching noise. I winced a bit as I could feel…something…wiggling around inside. I pulled my hand out as quickly as I could and kicked the undead attacker to the ground.

“Worgen! Have at you!” Liam challenged.

I spun around to face him, holding up my hands. “Prince Liam!” I entreated. My voice…it sounds a little more like…me! Maybe I was getting more used to talking. I still sounded hoarse, but it did come out sounding more like myself. It’s Naomi…Naomi Malmin,” I stated, assuming I’d have to reintroduce myself again.

His eyes seemed somewhat unfocused. I could distinctly smell liquor emanating from him, even above the stench of the undead around us. The bottle he used to defend himself must have been on-hand when he was attacked. After a moment, his eyes widened. “Naomi!! You are alive! I thought I was having drams about the old days when I heard your voice,” he rambled.

I heard something coming up behind me. This time, instead of using my claws, I ducked and retrieved the weapon from the Forsaken I had just slain and brought it up in time to parry a swift downward strike from another animated corpse. I pushed hard and it stumbled backwards. Before it could recover, I swung the sword, catching it across the stomach and then driving the sword into its chest.

I turned back to Liam. He stood there uncertainly for a moment. “I’m still not sure if you’re alive or dead…human or worgen…” he muttered, nearly incoherently. “I’m not even really sure If I’m awake.”

“This is real, Prince Liam,” I assured him. “What should we do?”

“Seems to me like we’re going to have to kill a great many of these motherless Forsaken, then,” he shouted confidently. “Hold this!” he requested, tossing the broken and blood-covered bottle to me. I stared down at it uncertainly for a moment before unceremoniously dropping it to the floor. When I looked back up the prince had procured a large musket from somewhere. “I’m going to have to work hard at not shooting you,” he announced. “But I’ll do my best.” That’s a happy thought. “Now let’s give them hell!”

The prince and the guards began fighting back with a new fervor. The sound of their rifles were nearly deafening. I took a moment to take in the battlefield. There were probably only about a dozen Forsaken, not including the ones that had been killed. It was a surprisingly small attack force…a scouting party, maybe? There was movement in the trees between the town and the farmlands, but I couldn’t be sure what they were.

This shouldn’t be too bad. I prayed Mayor Armstead could rally the militia before the main Forsaken forces reached Duskhaven. I yanked the sword out of the chest of the Forsaken corpse and charged forward to join the fray.

I darted past Prince Liam and leapt on top one Forsaken scum, knocking it down and pinning it to the ground with my knees. Before it or any of its friends could stop me, I took the sword and plunged the blade into its shoulder, right at the base of the neck.

I tugged on the hilt of the blade, but it was stuck. I caught movement out of the corner of my eye and rolled to the side just in time to avoid an enormous axe coming down where my neck had been – instead, decapitating the Forsaken’s fallen ally.

The Forsaken that had been wielding the vicious, skull-ornamented axe was wiry and frail. It was a wonder it could even pick the thing up. I jumped to my feet, slammed my body weight into the new attacker, knocking it away from its weapon. I hoisted up the weapon and threw the whole of my body into a massive horizontal swing. A moment later, the upper half of the unarmed Forsaken fell backward while the rest of it fell to its knees, collapsing forward. A strange, foul-smelling liquid spurted from its body which may, at some point, have been blood.

I could feel a strange fury growing inside me. It was different from the rage I remembered from the months the curse controlled me, but it was something I knew I had felt before. It was the same ferocity from the last stand at Light’s Dawn. But it was…augmented. This body, for all that I hated about it, was faster and stronger than I ever was before. Was this just another part of the curse? Is this how it feels when I get riled up? But the voice of the curse was silent.

A bullet suddenly whizzed by my ear and I fell to the ground, taking a defensive position. After a moment, I looked up. “Sorry!” I heard the slurred apology above the ringing in my poor ears. I wondered if he only missed because he was undeniably foxed. Then again, it’s possible that was also the reason he took the shot in the first place. At least, that’s what I hoped.

I shook my head and looked around. There were only a couple Forsaken scouts left. I dashed towards the closest, brought the axe over my head and brought it down with as much strength as I could muster right onto its head. The blade made it to the creature’s belly button before coming to a stop. I let go of the shaft of the axe and let it fall with the newly re-dead body. As it collapsed to the ground, another quake rumbled through.

The seething rage and power coursed through me as I stared down the last Forsaken invader that was within reach of me. It girted its yellow teeth and brandished its pair of wicked swords at me, seemingly not intimidated by what I had just done to his allies. I let out a threatening growl and darted towards him. It was almost as if my body was reacting on its own…there was a bloodlust in me that it needed to sate.

The Forsaken started swinging his weapons wildly. I danced to the side and managed to get around behind him. I sank my right-hand claws into his shoulder as my sizeable left claws gripped his skull.

“Death to the living!” the Forsaken gasped with a dry, airy voice of defiance.

Without saying a word, I forcibly removed his head from his shoulders, tossing it to the ground with a dull thud. I was breathing heavily as I started to calm myself down. What was that? It was like I had gone completely berserk, but I still felt in control on some level. Was this just some new part of the curse? It felt good – natural. A shiver ran down my spine. Why did that feel so good?

A deep, gurgling roar resounded from the trees. “What in blazes was that?” Prince Liam wondered.

We turned towards the trees and quickly found the answer to his question. A massive shadow emerged. This new creature was at least twice my height…maybe three of me…and about five times as wide. Its skin was not uniformly colored across its body, as if the bodies of several different people were stitched together to make the monstrosity. I could even see staples holding slabs of flesh together. It had multiple arms, each one carrying a gigantic weapon more horrible than the next. The ones that most quickly caught my attention was the blood-stained meat cleaver with a blade the size of my torso and the massive meat-hook with a long iron chain hanging from it. Its distended belly was split open to reveal pulsating innards and oozed with some foul liquid. The smell of the thing hit me like a sledgehammer beyond the stench of the already-dead Forsaken. It lumbered towards us, making grunts and gurgling noises with each monstrous step.

“It’s a bloody abomination,” Liam gasped. “Ready, men…fire!” he commanded. I managed to cover my ears in time as they fired a volley of bullets into the awful creature. I could see holes appear where the bullets pierced the flesh, but the thing didn’t seem to mind, it just kept lurching forward.

The axe I had just discard lay on the ground nearby, still partially buried in a body. I ran over and lifted it, turning on the enormous enemy as he closed in. It looked down at me and let out a burbling chuckle.

“Puny doggie,” it laughed. Its voice was slow and it had a speech impediment. It licked its cile lips. “What think you do with that?” He threw out his meat-hook and then yanked it back the moment it passed my axe. He wrenched it from my hands and I stood there, unarmed.

I took a nervous step back, trembling as I stared up at the sewn-together behemoth that was trudging in my direction. The prince’s men opened up with another salvo of rifle fire, but the abomination didn’t even flinch. My eyes kept darting from weapon to weapon; there was no way I could track all of them when it came close. If it were slow, I might have a chance, but I didn’t want to risk that.

“Naomi!” the prince yelled, grabbing my attention. I quickly turned to see what he wanted. He stood just up the hill with a barrel wedged under his foot. “Throw this at him! I’ll take care of the rest,” he commanded as he pushed the barrel towards me.

I grabbed it as it neared me. It was filled with something; I could smell it. But, with all of the other putrid scents in the air, I had trouble figuring out what it was. I wasn’t going to spend too much time questioning it. I spun back around and faltered for a second. The fleshy giant had crossed a surprising amount of ground in the couple of seconds.

I hope this works. If it didn’t, I would have to break more promises. With as much strength as I could muster, I flung the barrel towards the abomination. It soared through the air before coming crashing down on the thing’s head. Its skull burst through the cap and I could see black powder trickling out of it.

“What? Get back here!” it roared in rage, its voice comically muffled by the barrel. I started flailing its weapons around, lashing out with its weapons while charging forward. I scrambled to get away from it. As I ran up towards Duskhaven, I saw Prince Liam take aim with his blunderbuss.

I dove forward, quickly pressing my hands over my ears just as Liam opened fire. My hands did little to shield my hearing from the blast that followed. I could feel the blast reverberate through my bones, as if my very soul was rumbling. I hit the ground hard, sliding along the dirt.

I couldn’t hear anything but a high-pitched ringing. Moments later, something wet rained down on me. With a groan, and arms shaking, I pushed myself back up onto my paws. My balance was off and it felt like the world was spinning. I took a couple of uncertain steps, holding my head.

Prince Liam ran up to me, a wide grin on his face. I could see his mouth moving but I couldn’t hear a word he was saying.

“What?” I yelled. I don’t know why I shouted; he was right in front of me. The ringing started to subside a bit.

Liam pointed behind me and I turned. The stitched horror was gone and there were chunks or rotten meat and gunk everywhere. I had a sinking feeling I knew what it was that had fallen on me moments before. I twisted around to inspect myself. Sure enough, I could find little bits of something nasty resting in my fur. There was a larger string of muscle hanging off my shoulder that made me cringe as I brushed it off me.

“Are you okay?” I heard Liam ask. His voice sounded muffled – far away – but I could hear him.

The stench was too much. I held up a hand before turning away. Thank the Light I didn’t eat any breakfast. I started gagging and dry heaving. After a couple of minutes, I stood up straight and took several deep breaths. The ringing was almost completely gone now. “I’m fine,” I finally gasped.

“Well done! We got the bastard,” Liam exclaimed. “I’m glad you’re on our side. I’m glad I missed,” he added with an apologetic grin.

“I’m glad you missed, too.”

“We’ve repelled them for now, but that couldn’t have been much more than scouts,” he pointed out.

I turned and stared off towards the coast. I could see movement in the distance. The Forsaken were unloading troops and war machines from their ships. This was only the beginning of it all. The ground shook yet again. Dark clouds gathered overhead. While that was in no way peculiar for the region, it was strange how quickly and thickly they gathered. The world is going to hell.

“You’ve earned yourself a rest,” Liam stated, tentatively placing a hand on my shoulder. “Head back to Duskhaven and get yourself cleaned up.”

I wasn’t going to argue. I simply nodded and walked past him towards the buildings. My entire body was already sore. That was definitely not a pleasant way to start a morning. But I was sure the militia would be able to hold back the Forsaken. I mean…a drunken prince, a worgen, and a handful of guards held their own pretty well.

The streets were largely empty. I imagined most people were hiding out in their homes to avoid the battle. The smell of the undead followed me; I couldn’t wait to wash the putrid blood and junk our out of my fur. I made my way slowly towards my new home, fantasizing about the hot bath contraption Mayor Armstead had shown me.

“Miss Naomi,” Mayor Armstead called. I had a sinking feeling in the pit of my stomach. This can’t be good.

I turned to face her as she ran up to me, making sure to look as exhausted as possible. “Yes?” I sighed.

“I’m sorry, but Lord Godfrey has demanded that all worgen report to him,” she informed me. It was worse than I thought. Lord Godfrey… “The others have gone on ahead. He is leading the attack near the Forsaken’s landing area. I’ve been told he has commandeered the storm cellar in the Allen Farmstead, to the far west,” she explained. “Seek him there.”

“Do I have to?” I whined. I didn’t want to deal with Lord Godfrey today. And I definitely didn’t want to join the battle in the front line. I’m not a soldier.

“I know we’re asking a lot of you, but…you’re the only one of the worgen we’ve saved that has an ounce of actual combat experience. We need your help,” she almost pleaded. “Please, go see what you can do to help out. But don’t take any unnecessary risks and do what you can to stay safe.” She seemed sincerely apologetic.

I sighed. She had a point. I felt a strange need to go simply to make sure the others like me were alright. Knowing Godfrey, I feared the worst. I nodded weakly, accepting the request.

Excellent…more slaughter. Maybe this time we can turn it on these awful humans. You know they’ll just kill you when you’re no longer useful. Especially Godfrey. You saw the look in his eyes. He wants you dead. He wants all of us dead.”

“Thank you. You never seem to fail when Gilneas needs a hero. I pray that things end better for you this time around.”

“Me too,” I muttered as I moved past her. I stopped. “If something happens, please tell my father this wasn’t my choice,” I requested before heading almost directly west towards the farm she’d mentioned. My body throbbed in a sort of dull protest. I could still go for a while, yet, but it was making its complaints known.

The clouds overhead had nearly completely blotted out the morning sun, making it seem almost as though it were nighttime. The ground shook once more. The low rumble of the earthquake was echoed in the sky. Shortly after I made it outside of the town, the skies opened up with steady rainfall. Maybe this will wash away some of the nastiness.

As I ventured further west, I could hear the sounds of battle. There were intermittent explosions as well. I stopped and surveyed the coast. “By the Light,” I gasped in horror. There were a number of large catapults sitting near the docks and in the decimated fields launching flaming barrels that seemed impervious to the rain. They seemed to be launching them randomly into the farmland further inward; they didn’t care what they hit. And that was where I was headed.

Every ounce of reason told me to turn around, run back to Duskhaven, and hide. But I kept moving forward. If I had a chance to do something, I almost felt obligated to try to save some lives. I didn’t know any of the other worgen, personally, but I still had this strange sense of duty to make sure they were okay. With every step towards the coast, these feelings grew, slowly growing to match my increasing fear.

I came to the western-most farms. There were two farms houses near each other; one had fields of tall corn while the other had livestock. I could see sheep and horses scurrying around the pens on the northeastern end of the far house, unable to escape their containment. I wouldn’t be surprised if they broke down the fence soon.

Against the side of one house, there was a large, open cellar door. Militiamen with their guard dogs stood on either side of the entrance. This must be the place. At first, they raised their rifles at me as I approached – the dogs started growling – but they lowered their firearms when they noticed how hesitantly I approached.

“Another one, eh?” one grunted with a strange grin when I reached the stairs down to the cellar. He and the other guard exchanged looks. “Lord Godfrey is down below. Go seen what assignment he has for you.”

I stepped past them and entered the cellar, listening to each step creak and groan beneath my weight. A projectile from a Forsaken catapult hit nearby and I could feel the vibrations through the floor. Shortly thereafter, an earthquake rattled the walls, knocking bits of dust and rubble loose from the ceiling.

As I stepped down onto the cellar floor, I spun and stopped as I discovered more guns pointed at me. There were a half-dozen militiamen in the cellar. Lord Godfrey stood in the back corner. There were two women in another corner, one with dark hair and one red-head. The seemed out of place and terrified. One appeared to be on the verge of hysterics; she seemed to struggle not to start sobbing.

I waited, not daring to make a move. Lord Godfrey stared at me. I could tell he recognized me behind those circular glasses. I wondered if he was seriously contemplating having the guards shoot me. “Well, if it isn’t Greymane’s favorite little…pet,” he sneered. Even if he wanted to use it, I doubted he bothered to know my name. As far as he was concerned, I died in Light’s Dawn. “By the Light, don’t you things bathe? I can smell you from here.”

Anger bubbled up in me at his comments. I wanted to growl, but I knew what would happen if I did. Those guards looked ready to put holes in me at the slightest gesture from their lord. I was powerless to confront him about it.

After what felt like forever, he laughed. “Stand down, men. This one may be more useful,” he commanded. More useful? What happened to the others? I approached Lord Godfrey, staring down at him, hoping my natural size would do the intimidating that I so desperately wanted to communicate. “No hard feelings, worgen. You might be a feral killing machine, but it looks like you’re with us…for now.”

I hated every time he added that ‘for now.’ It tugged on a deep, deep terror that I would eventually lose control of myself again. And it further drove a wedge between me and the non-infected humans. It pushed my future further and further away from Daniel.

“You see, we barely have enough men to hold them back. Drastic measures had to be taken. You were a Gilnean, once,” he continued, not skipping the opportunity to twist the knife. “So, you and your kind have been enlisted to help bolster our ranks.” He paused for a moment, surveying me from snout to paws. He seemed to be trying very hard to suppress a grimace.

“I’m not going to lie, worgen. I don’t like the idea of having your kind among our ranks. Who knows how long ‘til Krennan’s concoction wears off and you’re trying to chomp one of our heads off. It’s a foolish risk,” he continued. Lord Godfrey let out a loud sigh. “Until that time, however, we can make ample use of your ferocity. I want you to go out in the battlefield and kill as many as you can, in as brutal a way as you can. We’re going to put the fear of the worgen in them,” he told me with a wicked smile.

“Wh-Where are the others?” I asked, unsure if I wanted to know the answer.

He actually chuckled. “Well, that brings me to the next point. Killing the soldiers isn’t enough. The Forsaken catapults are kicking the snot out of us,” he mentioned. My heart sank as my mind connected what that meant.

“They’re already dead, aren’t they?” I asked grimly. My nose started to sting again.

“Probably,” Lord Godfrey shrugged. He didn’t seem the least bit torn up about it.

“Let me tear him up for you then.”

“Given what they are, it’s the deepest honor for them to die actually trying to defend their homeland one last time. Now, about those troops and catapults…I’ve a plan to kill two birds with one stone. You’re the stone.” He seemed very pleased with his plan.

I was less pleased. He could have tried to pretend this wasn’t a suicide mission. I knew I wasn’t going to like this. I quickly figured out what Godfrey’s overarching plan was: use the worgen to soften up the Forsaken before sending in his other soldiers. He hated us, and this way he could get rid of us without risking his own men. He seemed to be all about killing two birds with one stone.

Before I could think of anything to say to Lord Godfrey, the woman with dark hair made a dash for the stairs. “Stop her!” Lord Godfrey commanded. In an instant, two militiamen grabbed hold of her and dragged her back to the corner.

“No! Please! I need to find my babies!” she screeched as the guards detained her. She dissolved into loud sobs.

I stared from her to Godfrey and back. Without so much as a goodbye, I walked away from Godfrey and approached the crying woman. She stared up at me, frightened and startled. I crouched down so that I was smaller than her. “What’s your name?” I inquired as gently as I could. I don’t know why I felt the need to talk to her; maybe I was drawn to people who showed emotions other than contempt.

“Melinda Hammond,” she managed to respond. “From…from the farm next door.”

“What’s wrong? Is someone still out there?” I questioned sincerely.

She nodded sorrowfully. “The military will not allow me outside the cellar, but my children are still in my farm! Please, if you’re going out there, you must go find them. These Forsaken…they have no regard for innocent life! They’ll be killed if they’re found!” she cried.

In my mind, this was a much more important job than the insanity Lord Godfrey was asking me to accomplish. After all, Godfrey never expected me to succeed. This was something I could do to at least do something useful…before I die. “I’ll find them,” I promised her. “What are their names?”

Her face lit up with hope. “Cynthia, Ashley, and James! Oh, thank you, thank you!” she exclaimed. “If you bring them to me, I’ll be forever in your debt.”

“I’ll do what I can.” I turned towards Godfrey who was watching me with a disgusted look on his face. He must not have liked me showing more humanity than him. With an aggravated snort, I turned and marched to the stairs and out of the cellar.

I re-emerged into the rain. It was fitting weather for my task, mirroring my expectations for the eventual outcome. I wondered what they would tell my father…if they would tell Daniel anything. I shook my head. I needed to focus. I needed to find those children. I could mourn my coming death once they were safe.

I hurried over to the farmhouse next door. I began sniffing the air; the rain suppressed any particular scent and the air still smelled full of death and decay. I slowly prowled around the outside of the home looking for any sign of the children.

As I rounded the northern corner of the house, I came to a pumpkin patch. There was a young boy hiding amongst the crops, peering up every so often as if searching the corn fields to make sure it was safe. He looked to be about eight. That must be James. I quickly bridged the gap between us.

As I neared, he heard me and spun around. His eyes widened and he tried to back away, but he tripped over a vine and fell onto his butt. “Please! Don’t hurt me! I was just looking for my sisters!” James cried.

I knelt down near him. “I’m not here to hurt you,” I assured him. “Your mother’s in the basement next door. She’s worried sick about you,” I told the child.

“But…my sisters,” he started.

I reached forward and helped him to his feet. “I’ll find them. Do you know where either of them are?” I questioned.

“I…I think Ashley’s inside the house,” he responded.

“You’re a brave kid,” I told him. “But I need you to go to your mother. It should be safe to run from here.” I gave him a gentle push to get him on his way. Well that was easy. I could only hope the rest of the children would be that simple to send to their mother.

I continued to creep around the house. As I reached the next corner, I nearly tripped over a body. I gazed down and immediately cupped my hands over my mouth. One of the poor worgen hadn’t made it very far from the Allens’ cellar. He lay still, deep wounds sliced into his arms and side. The Forsaken had to be nearby. I placed my hand carefully on the worgen’s shoulder. Be at peace. I prayed the Light would be merciful on the poor, cursed person.

I couldn’t let myself get side tracked. I closed my eyes only for a moment to collect myself before continuing. I could hear sounds coming from inside the house like someone was throwing things around.

As I came to the front door, I found it torn off its hinges. “Come out, come out, wherever you are,” I heard a vile voice sing. I crouched down, trying to keep myself as hidden as possible as I crept into the house. There was a thin Forsaken soldier tearing the house apart. “I know you’re in here, little girl,” he called.

This wasn’t children being killed through collateral damage. This was a despicable creature hunting children for fun. An unparalleled rage surged through me. I charged forward, vaulting over a table to get on top of the undead soldier. I tackled it to the ground and pressed my paw onto its back to pin it in place. I was growling menacingly, but couldn’t bring myself to say anything to it. I grabbed the Forsaken by both wrists and pulled, pushing down harder with my paw.

It screamed in pain as I pulled. I could feel the bones popping out of their sockets. With one mighty yank, I ripped the vile creature’s arms clear off its body. I stepped off, tossing the arms casually to the side, and rolled it over onto its back. Its face was contorted with a mix of pain and hatred. “You filthy mongrel. Just you wait until the Banshee Queen gets your soul,” it threatened.

I snarled and sliced its throat open. I stood over it until it stopped moving altogether. I perked my ears up, trying to detect evidence of any other intruders in the house. I heard a quiet thump upstairs – too light to be one of these things. I hopped up the stairs to investigate. All of the doors were open except for one. I went there first.

As I opened the door, I heard the faintest of whimpers. I walked slowly through the room, sniffing the air again. My ears tracked the sounds. Soon enough, I found a young girl standing between the wardrobe and the wall, clutching herself protectively.

As she saw me, she tried to back further into the corner. I just stood there, assuming it would be less threatening to simply be still. “Ashley?” I eventually called, remembering the name James had mentioned. She looked to be about five or six.

“Are you…are you one of the good worgen, ma’am?” she asked cautiously.

I nodded and the girl started to inch out of her hiding spot. “Your mother and brother are waiting for you in the basement next door. Come on, I’ll take you there,” I explained.

“But what about Cynthia?” Ashley argued shyly.

“Do you know where she is?”

“Before these scary things showed up, she was playing out by the sheds,” Ashley informed me. Outside? By the Light, I hope she’s found a good hiding spot. After assuring her I’d find her sister, Ashley followed me out of the room, down the stairs and out the house. I escorted her to the open space between the two farmhouses and told her to run for the cellar door. I watched after her until the militiamen caught sight of her and could ensure her safety.

I spun around and ran towards the crop fields. Tall stalks of corn shot up from the ground, but hadn’t yet grown above my eye-level. I could see a couple of small tool sheds on the other side of the field. Again, I sniffed the air; the smell of death was strong. I was sure there were undead hiding amongst the corn.

Instead, I took the long way around, sprinting along the outside of the field. I caught movement out of the corner of my eyes and stopped briefly to dispatch the Forsaken that stepped out to ambush me. It took me only a minute to reach the sheds. Before going in, I stood and stared at the field of crops, inspecting every little detail, looking for threats that might try to attack me while I looked for the last of the Hammond children. After an extensive sweep, I decided to enter the shed.

It was dry in the shed, save for the areas where I was cascading water onto the ground. Nothing had come in here since the rain started. Maybe she is safe…assuming she’s in here. “Hello? Cynthia?” I called out softly. “Are you in here?”

I caught the slightest glimpse of movement in the back of the shed – a small, terrified eye disappearing behind some barrels. I made my way through the shed, carefully stepping around tools and equipment. I peered around the barrels and found a very young child – maybe about three years old – curled up and quivering violently. Her face was in her knees.

“Thank the Light, you’re safe,” I sighed.

At the sound of my voice, the girl looked at me with horror-stricken eyes and scurried as far into the corner as she could. My ears fell, knowing full-well what she was afraid of.

I crouched down low to the ground and sat still. It worked for her sister. “I’m here to save you from the scary zombies,” I told her in as gentle and natural a voice as I could possibly manage.

“But…you are scary!” she cried with an innocent sob. “I just want my mommy!”

“I’m going to take you to your mommy,” I promised. Understandably, the little girl still didn’t move. We don’t really have time for this. I took a deep breath to maintain my patience. “Cynthia,” I called out again. I rolled up the saturated sleeve of my chemise and held out my arm, bringing it to a rest. Thank the Light no one is around to see this. “Cynthia, do you want to see how soft I am?” I offered, hopefully. I could feel my cheeks heating up.

After a moment, the little girl looked up and stared at my arm. Cautiously, she reached out and placed a tiny hand on the side of my arm, her delicate fingers sinking into the fur. “You’re wet,” she pointed out, running her hand up and down my forearm.

“Well it’s raining outside, silly,” I responded playfully.

Cynthia came closer, placing both hands on my arm. “You’re like my doggie!” she stated, almost entranced by my fur. I felt a little pang of sadness. There was no dog in the cellar or anywhere I could see on the grounds. I think I know what happened to her dog.

“Your mommy’s waiting for you. Can I bring you to her?” I requested. After a moment, the little girl gave me a small nod. “I’m going to pick you up. I want you to put your arms around me and close your eyes, okay? No matter what you hear, I want you to keep your eyes closed.” I didn’t want her possibly seeing any of the horrors that were out there.

She nodded again and I carefully hoisted her up after counting to three. As I brought her near my shoulder, she wrapped her arms around my neck, her hands coming to rest in the back of my mane.

“Are you ready? No peaking!” I inquired. I could feel her nod into my shoulder. “Okay, here comes the rain,” I warned. I took a deep breath and bolted out of the shed and dashed to the side of the field. I didn’t look behind me, but I could hear at least one thing giving chase. By the sounds of its footsteps and its odor, it had to be a Forsaken soldier. I can outrun it. I have to outrun it. If I didn’t, it would do unspeakable things to this defenseless little girl.

I rounded the corner of the house and bolted for the cellar door, shouting above the rain and waving with my free arm to get the militiamen’s attention. Finally, they noticed me and whatever was pursuing me. They raised their rifles. For once, I could tell by the angle it wasn’t intended for me.

I skidded to a halt and ducked, cradling the girl in my arms as the soldiers opened fire. Cynthia screamed, but I gave her a gentle squeeze to reassure her. Carefully, I set her down on her two little feet. “Get this little one to her mother,” I told one of the guards.

“You’re not coming?” she asked, staring up at me with pleading eyes.

I knelt down close to her. Little kids really are amazing. They can bounce back from anything. “Not yet. There are more people I have to help. Now you go in there and keep your mommy safe, okay?” I wanted her to remember me as a hero; at least someone would.

It was difficult, but I walked away, back towards the Hammond farmstead. I stopped and looked back in time to see one of the guards pick Cynthia up and carry her down the cellar stairs. At least I was able to do this one thing.

The rain slowed and eventually came to little more than a drizzle. The sky overhead was still menacingly dark, so I knew it was going to come back in full force – and soon – but I was grateful for the brief respite. I was completely waterlogged. My clothes clung to my body uncomfortably; I could see horrible stains on my white blouse. There was no saving it and it was only confining at this point. Certain that no one would be watching, I tore it off, exposing my fur-covered torso and breasts. While my fur was still waterlogged, it felt liberating to be out of the drenched shirt.

I was able to get a good look at the coast as I passed by one of the farmhouses. The two massive warships sat just far enough away from the docks that I wouldn’t be able get there easily. Their cannons were quiet but pointed menacingly at the farms. On the ground, there were about a half-dozen catapults in total; they weren’t many in number, but they were certainly doing a number on the farmlands. I could see small groups of Forsaken soldiers marching around the paths and fields. They didn’t stray too far from the catapults.

I crouched low, hoping to stay hidden amongst the remaining crops and tall grass as I made my approach. My heart was already racing. A new commitment swelled within me. If I fail, they’ll reach the farmhouse. They’ll kill those children. I had to succeed.

As I neared the catapults, stopping every few feet to make sure I hadn’t been spotted, I came across a gruesome scene. In one of the fields that had been completely burned down, I found the lifeless bodies of the other worgen Lord Godfrey had sent before me. Some of the wounds looked like they were made by smaller blades, while some of the bodies were so mangled that they almost had to have been hit by the catapults.

There was a group of Forsaken gathered around in the center of the field, standing by the scarecrow. They were yelling and laughing, as if celebrating. It would be easy enough to sneak past them and make it to the catapults without alerting them. But…

I made the mistake of inspecting the gathering and noticed that the scarecrow wasn’t a scarecrow. They had strung up a worgen’s body on the wooden post. They were throwing things at the body – rocks, knives, whatever they could get their bony little fingers on. I began to shake with anger. Why would they do that to the poor thing? Wasn’t killing her enough? There was no reason in it. Before I knew what was going on, I was sprinting on all fours towards the group.

I launched myself at the closest soldier, tackling him to the ground while driving my claws deep into it. What followed was a furious flurry of claws and steel. I was so blinded with rage, it felt as though my body was acting all on its own, mercilessly ripping them to shreds as I ducked and dodged away from their attacks. The next thing I knew, I was standing in front of the crucified worgen in the center of a circle of freshly flayed corpses.

I didn’t question it; I was too distracted by the poor person strung up in front of me. She had been stripped naked and I could see multiple cuts and open wounds. There was a dagger sticking out of her thigh – probably from where one had been taking target practice. She was eerily familiar. I vaguely recognized the brown fur. Then it hit me: she was the worgen who had brought me some clothing the day I returned to civilized society.

With a heavy heart, I cut her down from the post and laid her on the ground, crossing her arms across chest. I spent some time moving each of the worgen in the area and positioning them in a similar fashion. I could feel my eyes tearing up more and more with each body. I stood over the line of bodies and surveyed each one, committing each furry face to memory. They just wanted to go back to living some semblance of a normal life, and they were sent to their deaths in order to protect those fortunate enough to avoid the curse.

Am I the last of my kind? The last of the reclaimed worgen? I wondered how long it would be before I, too, shared their fate. I could feel the despair building up to the bursting point. I hunched over, my mind running wild and imagining what their lives could have been like after some time had passed. Maybe the other Gilneas had accepted them back into society. Maybe they could have been happy. At last, it was too much and I had to let out some of my sorrow. I arched my back, throwing my eyes to the sky and let out a long, mournful howl.

When I stopped, I turned my eyes to the coast. I had drawn quite a bit of attention to myself. There were undead soldiers charging towards me and I could see the catapults starting to turn. I wasted no time in charging towards them, a strong rage taking over me again.

I went completely berserk as I plowed into the Forsaken forces. It felt vaguely like the curse had taken over again, but – at the same time – somehow different. My body just moved, lashing out with my powerful claws, wrenching weapons from the enemies’ hands, and using them to cut down others. I lunged out of the way of flaming barrels being launched by the catapults as I closed in on the war machines. Some of them were near misses and the pungent scent of seared fur stung my nose above the ever-present stench of the animated corpses attacking me. I launched myself at the operator of the first catapult and ripped into him using a sword I had stolen from one unlucky – and now headless – soldier. A moment later, I heard something large whipping through the air and hopped out of the way in time to see the catapult getting leveled by one of the others.

When it was all finished and I was standing near a veritable mountain of corpses, the rage began to subside. I was panting hard, covered in awful, putrid crap once again, and wondering what the hell had come over me. I thought I was in control. Was Krennan’s serum already wearing off? I’d only taken it a few hours before. I was no stranger to an enraged beast holding sway over my body, but this was different. This time…I wanted what my body wanted. I wanted the bloodshed. My anger turned to fear. Was I changing to become more like the curse? Maybe Krennan’s treatment gave me control back, but if I started thinking like the beast, then I would truly be lost. I can’t let that happen.

I turned my attention towards the Forsaken ships. I’m not a beast. I’m a person. I doubted Lord Godfrey imagined I would get this far. I would prove to him – and to myself – that I wasn’t some piece of cannon fodder to sacrifice. My mind started formulating a plan.

I ran over to one of the few functioning catapults and strained to spin it around towards the warships. Once it looked like it was in position, I grabbed a large rock and hopped into the basket of the catapult. I knew nothing of how these things were aimed. This has got to be the worst plan I’ve ever come up with. I threw the rock at the firing lever.

My stomach nearly leapt into my throat as the arm of the catapult sprung into motion and I was launched into the air. I’m going to die! I’m going to die! While soaring over the docks, I imagined every horrible way this could go wrong – every gruesome way I could end up as little more than a crumpled mass on the side of one of those vicious ships.

But by some amazing display of providence, I ended up colliding with the sail. Instinctively, I dug my claws into the fabric as I started to fall. It slowed me enough to keep me from breaking anything by the time I reached the deck. I wasn’t going to be doing anything like that again. I’d keep my paws on solid ground from now on.

I heard frantic yelling as an undead wearing a captain’s uniform came running at me from the cabin, waving a sword at me. I nearly laughed as he closed in. He didn’t have a chance and I dispatched him quickly. This ship was without its leadership.

I started to go down the stairs into the underbelly of the ship. There were eerily-glowing cobwebs everywhere in the dark stairwell. As I made it down below, I stopped. There were still way more undead on this ship than I had expected, standing near the cannons. They all turned to face me and we stared at each other, stunned, for a few seconds. I don’t think they were expecting anything could get on the ship. There wasn’t nearly enough room for me to hop around and dodge, and I hadn’t had to face this many all at once yet. I…I think killing the captain was enough. My fear got the better of me and I bolted back up the stairs. I could hear them clamoring behind me to give chase.

Before too long, I threw myself overboard and dove into the water below. As I surfaced and treaded, I looked back up at the ship and could see several decrepit faces staring down at me. They started throwing things and I quickly swam out of range, making my way to the shore.

I scrambled onto land and immediately made a run for the Allen Farmstead. I had thinned the forces in the area, but there were still many, many enemies left. I slowed myself as I approached the cellar as not to provoke a response from the guards. I was still breathing hard as I descended the stairs.

“You’re alive?” Lord Godfrey exclaimed the moment I walked down the stairs. He seemed surprised. “Did you just turn tail and run, then?”

I recounted what had happened, occasionally throwing glances over at the other corner where Melinda Hammond held her children close to her. Cynthia stared at me and I tried to smile without scaring her again.

“I want to say you’re lying, but I can’t hear the catapults anymore,” Lord Godfrey commented. “You might be a bloody beast, but you’re our beast,” he added with an approving nod. I took that to be his way of giving me a compliment: commend me for my actions while still reminding me of the curse that threatened to take over again. “Excellent work so far…worgen.” I could tell from the look on his face he did not enjoy saying that. “I’ll let the militia know to move in.”

“Can I go home yet?” I asked, becoming acutely aware of my muscles’ protests.

“I wouldn’t call it a home so much as a temporary kennel, but no, you may not,” he responded. “Our scouts have identified the leader of the Forsaken ground assault. One of Sylvanas’ handpicked dark rangers is overseeing the battlefront from the Walden house near the shore. Take her out and we will cut off the head of the beast.”

It sounded so simple, but I knew it wouldn’t be. I had heard of Sylvanas and her dark rangers through the books my father had brought me over the years. They were a completely new class of undead – fierce and deadly assassins who loved to coat their arrows in dark and deadly poisons. Maybe if I could get the jump on her…

“Then am I done?” I questioned.

“Watch your tone,” Godfrey warned. “Do this and you will be one step closer to doing your fair part in this battle.” And what have you done, you old fogey? You hide down here and command people to die! I wanted to say it, but I knew it would get me shot.

With a frustrated sigh, I turned and left the cellar. I began to head south before one of the guards stopped me. It was the one I had handed Cynthia to earlier. “Excuse me, Miss,” he started. There was a strange absence of loathing in his voice. “I couldn’t help but overhear he’s sending you after the Forsaken leader.” I nodded. “You don’t want to engage her alone.” The guard handed me a long, thin whistle. “Use this when you get close to her. We’ll let loose the attack mastiffs to take her down.”

“Th-thank you,” I responded, gazing down at the whistle. Was someone actually trying to help me? Someone other than my father and Daniel, that is.

“I saw what you did for that woman and her children. I don’t care what Lord Godfrey says; you’re not bad.”

Again, I attempted to smile, hoping that flashing my teeth wasn’t too menacing. I spun and ran off before I did something stupid. I ran south towards the shore again. The Forsaken presence was much thinner here and I was able to avoid most all of them. The ground continued to rumble, each quake becoming more intense than the last. Soon, I could hear the distant sounds of battle as the militia finally engaged the remaining Forsaken in open battle.

Before long, I saw the last building before the shoreline. There was someone seated on a horse of some kind in front of the house. I ducked low behind some bushes and peered over carefully. The figure was a woman wearing a dark, hooded cloak. From what I could see, her skin was grey and a pair of glowing red eyes pierced the shadows beneath the hood. Unlike the other Forsaken I had seen, I couldn’t see any rotting flesh or exposed bone. Even from this distance, the air felt a little bit colder. On her back was a quiver of black-feathered arrows and a long bow made of white bone. The horse she rode was dead – nothing more than an animated skeleton of a steed with massive horns and an eerie blue fire emanating from its hooves. There was a large blue cloth draped over the horse beneath the saddle, hiding what I assumed to be little more than a skeletal torso. That has to be the ranger.

I could see why the guard had recommended not engaging her alone. My body was quivering involuntarily. Her presence alone struck terror through me. I watched her eyes scanning the fields. My heart skipped a beat as those wicked eyes past over the bushes where I hid. Her eyes lingered on my hiding spot. I completely froze, hoping she wouldn’t see me.

In an instant, she reached up and pulled an arrow from her quiver and raised her bow. Oh crap. I rolled to the side the moment I realized what was going on, making sure to stay hidden behind the bushes. Just then, an arrow whizzed through the foliage – right where I had been crouched. The arrow stuck into the ground near my paws. I could see a dark mist rising from the shaft.

I didn’t dare peak over the bush again, lest I give her another target. I heard hooves on the cobblestone, slowly getting louder. Still shaking, I fumbled with the whistle before finally getting it into my mouth and blowing with as much force as I could force through my lungs.

The blast of the whistle pierced the relative silence. I winced; the high-pitched squeal hurt my ears, making it difficult to think clearly. The sound lingered for a moment after I stopped blowing, echoing across the sky. In the distance, I could hear the furious barking of the mastiffs.

“You cowardly Gilneans need to come out of hiding and face the horrors of this world,” the dark ranger taunted. Her voice was strange; she had a clear, deep voice but there was a darker whisper that seemed to be speaking simultaneously.

The barking rapidly became louder and louder. The sounds of the skeletal horse’s hooves were almost upon the bush. I readied my body to move at a moment’s notice. The dark ranger came into view, another arrow ready and primed on my hiding place. I dodged to the side as she loosed it.

“So they sent a beast after me. Do your kind ever tire of being sent like lambs to the slaughter?” she laughed, red eyes boring into me. She reached for another arrow from the quiver. “Worry not. You can die knowing the cowardice of the masters who hold your leash will be punished.” That voice was completely devoid of any emotion, save for contempt.

All of her attention was focused on me. The mastiffs were near; all I needed to do was distract her for a moment. I stood straight, staring into those eyes with defiance. “What has Gilneas ever done to you?” I challenged.

She scoffed. “It is what you didn’t do. When the undead scourge swept across the continent, Lordaeron called for help and Gilneas hid behind its wall. When Arthas and his ghouls razed Quel’Thalas, Silvermoon called for help and Gilneas hid behind its wall,” she spat. Out of the corner of my eye, I could see the large hounds lumbering down the road. “You thought you were safe behind your wall; that you could cut out the ills of the world. We are the consequence…the retribution for decades of cowardice. We are…”

What else they were, I would never know. One of the massive mastiffs pounced and tackled her off her un-natural steed and pinned her to the ground. Before I knew it, the other dogs were on her. The sounds of the mastiffs ripping her apart with their powerful jaws were deeply disturbing, but nothing compared to the agonized shrieks the ranger let out as she was being devoured alive.

I closed my eyes and shuddered. She was a despicable aberration, but she still felt pain. Those chilling screams bored their way into my mind. I prayed I could unhear them, but I knew that couldn’t happen. As I walked away from the scene, I knew that this was going to haunt me for years to come.

I returned to the cellar. There were fewer militiamen inside; Lord Godfrey must have sent them to join the fight. The women and children were still there with the leader of the militia. I thought about what the ranger had said to me as I stared at Godfrey. He really did like to hide in safety while others went out to die on his behalf. I could feel anger starting to bubble up again but I tried to ignore it. I’m not going to lose control.

A militiaman was talking with Godfrey. When the nobleman saw me, he actually smiled. “I’ve just received word from my scouts…You did it! That should take the wind out of their sails,” he exclaimed. “You are proving to be a very useful weapon. Keep this up and people may actually come to like you,” he laughed.

I don’t know if what I felt was sadness or anger, but I really didn’t like the way he said it. It hurt to be so de-humanized, despite giving so much to protect people. But that reminded me of when I would go berserk and something different altogether took over my body. Part of me had to admit there was some truth in Godfrey’s jabs. I hated it.

I was exhausted, unsure if I would be able to handle another task. “Can I return to Duskhaven, yet?” I requested.

“I suppose even dogs deserve a treat from time to time. Take your respite,” he conceded with an air of condescension. “But stay where we can find you; I may have need…

Just then, a massive quake interrupted him. It was far worse than any of the rumblings from earlier. The sound of it was deafening and accompanied by a cacophony of horrific crashes. Amongst it all, I could hear screaming.

I ducked down and backed into an open corner, covering my head. I closed my eyes and started frantically trying to keep myself calm. I prayed the house over our head would not collapse on top of us. Would the ceiling hold?

I couldn’t help but imagine what was going on outside as the earthquake only became more and more violent. A tear pinched its way out of the corner of my clenched eyes. In my wildest thoughts, I could only reach one conclusion: Azeroth itself was falling apart, being torn asunder by the angered elements. It didn’t seem to end. I tucked my head in tighter to my knees. Gilneas had worked so hard to stay hidden from the world; to stay safe, but…

There was no hiding from the end of the world.


Go to Directory                                Next Chapter –>

The Fall of Gilneas

Chapter 6: Reunions

“Gwen!”

I shot up in bed, breathing heavily. After a moment, I realized where I was. Sun shone through the window; the storm had finally passed. What was that dream? Could Gwen really have been trying to reach out to me? I knew so very little about what powers the druids had. It could have been possible. That means she’s alive.

I wondered what time it was. It felt like I had slept for days, so it must have been close to midday, at the least. There was a large pair of linen pants folded at the end of the bed; Lady Armstead had been true to her word. I slipped out of the dress and into the pants, which ended at my ankles. It felt somewhat more natural for me, even though I was wearing little more than would be considered undergarments.

I wandered over to the window, which faced south – overlooking the farms and the coast in the distance. There was a familiar ship at dock. The Celeste. It was named after my mother. Daddy’s ship… The passing of the storm must have allowed them to make port.

Just then, I heard a loud bang, like a door being thrown fully open and hitting the wall. “Where is she?” I knew the voice. Oh no…please, by the Light, do not bring him here.

“Excuse me, Captain Malmin,” I heard Krennan respond.

“They told me my girl was alive. They told me I could find her here. Bring me to her,” my father demanded. I froze where I stood.

“Sir, I don’t think that’s a good idea.”

“Bring me to her,” he repeated, this time more angrily. I heard Krennan concede and then footsteps upon the wooden stairs.

I quickly began looking around for a place to hide; there had to be somewhere. I don’t want him seeing me like this. Nothing caught my eye. I winced as I heard the door open to the room.

Slowly, I turned and faced the man standing in the doorway. It had been months since I’d seen his face. His hair was dark like mine, but was greying much more in some areas than I remembered. Beneath his eyes were heavy bags. Time and stress had worn him out.

Our eyes connected. His blue eyes were now red and watery, filled with grief. There was confusion written on his face. “Is this a joke?” he muttered to Krennan. He doesn’t recognize me. “You think it’s funny taking me to this…beast?” There was so much spite in his voice.

I released an involuntary whine and turned my eyes to the floor. That’s what everyone will think when they see me. My body began to quiver as I tried to hold myself together. I sat onto the bed, warily glancing at the two men in the doorway.

Krennan stared at my father and then tilted his head towards me, twisting his face as if to say “that’s her.” The alchemist had mentioned that my father had helped gather the ingredients for the serum. He had to know what it was for.

My father looked back at me, but I couldn’t meet his gaze. He took a cautious step forward. Is he afraid I’ll attack him? “Are you…are you really…my Naomi?” he asked in a tragically hopeful way.

I bobbed my head up and down slightly. “When I was seven, you took me out on your ship. I always loved it when we did that. We went out to the edge of Gilnean waters. You told me the world was stretched beyond the horizon and was full of wonders. You promised me…that one day you would take me to see them.” I took a deep breath. “But…you also made a promise to Mom. You promised her you would keep me safe in Gilneas until I was old enough to find my own way,” I responded quietly. I became incredibly self-conscious of the quality of my voice.

As I recounted the memory to prove who I was, tears began to flow from my father’s eyes. He brought a shaking hand to his mouth before falling to his knees in front of me. “My child…my little girl,” he sputtered. He lifted his shaking hand up and placed it on the side of my furry face. “You…you were dead,” he sobbed. “By the Light…look at you…you’re…you’re…you’re a…” I closed my eyes and held my breath, waiting for him to point out how hideous I looked. He would point out that I was a cursed beast. “You’re alive,” he finally managed to say.

My eyes snapped open as he threw himself forward and wrapped his arms around me. Tears fell into the fur on my cheek. “Daddy,” I whimpered, relief replacing the grief. For a moment, I forgot about everything that had happened. For a moment, I was nothing more than my father’s daughter. After a long moment, we separated.

He stood and looked me over. Uncertain of what else to do, I stood up. “Well…you certainly have grown, haven’t you,” he commented while drying his eyes. I now dwarfed him by at least a foot. “They told me so little about what happened. You must tell me all about it,” he requested. He grabbed my hand and led me out of the room and down the stairs. Krennan had long-since vacated the doorway.

We found a place to sit down on the first floor so that I could recount the escape from Gilneas. He listened intently and allowed me to tell the story without asking many questions. The only major interruption was Krennan showing up to hand me a small vial of the foul-smelling serum. It was significantly less than I had been given the day before, but it still tasted absolutely awful. He explained I would have to take it once a day, every day, until he found something better. Great…I get to experience this delightful thing again and again and again. I went back to my story. I left out most of what I remembered of after the curse took effect. I pretended like I had no memory of it; Krennan gave me a knowing glance but remained silent.

“I’m so sorry I wasn’t here to protect you,” my father apologized as I finished.

I shook my head. “There’s nothing to forgive,” I assured him honestly. No one could have saved me from Josiah Avery.

“A long time ago, I made you a promise,” he stated. “Come join me on the ship. You can come with me on my trading voyages,” my father offered, a hopeful edge to his voice.

I couldn’t help but grin, baring my sharp teeth. But, after a moment, my smile disappeared. “I…I can’t,” I told him.

“I’m not going to lose you again,” he argued.

“Gwen is missing,” I explained. He leaned back in his chair a bit. “I have to find her. I have to make sure she is safe and bring her back. I can’t leave here until I do.” My voice was resolute. “When I do, we’ll both join you on your ship,” I promised.

My father looked pensive. He knew all about Gwen. He knew she had no one else. So, he knew I wasn’t willing to budge on this. “I’m not going to lose you again,” he repeated. “But I know that look in your eyes.”

“Thank you, Daddy.” Just then, my stomach grumbled ferociously.

“You sound like you could use a meal,” my father pointed out. “Let’s see what’s cooking down in the tavern,” he offered, rising from his chair. “Shall we?”

I nodded and followed him out the door. The sun beat down on me the moment I stepped out of the door. It was incredibly warm; a welcome change from the typical cold, overcast weather that predominated the Spring months.

There were a ton of people moving about the town now. I could even see a handful of worgen wandering amongst the crowd. I couldn’t help but notice they were given a wide berth by the other Gilneans. Will they ever trust us? I liked to think I posed no more a danger to them now as I did when I was just the normal, human me.

Again, heads turned as I walked the streets. I couldn’t tell what was on the faces of the Gilneans as I passed; admiration or disgust? Many whispered amongst themselves. My father’s presence this morning led me to believe that word had spread who I was.

The tavern was not far from the building where I had slept. Without hesitation, my father threw open the door and we entered. The room on the other side had been lively, but the moment we walked in, everything went silent and still. Everyone was staring at us – or, more precisely, me.

My father led us over to an empty table and sat down. A moment later, a woman approached him. “Excuse me, sir,” she started.

“I’ll have a mug of ale,” my father interrupted jovially, assuming she was here to take our order. “And a couple plates of whatever the chef wants to put together for lunch.”

“I’m sorry, sir, but we don’t serve her kind here,” she responded coldly, not even looking at me.

I stared down at the ground dejectedly. They really do see me as a beast. What does Krennan know about not being human? I shot furtive glances around the tavern. Everyone was eyeing me suspiciously. Some of them looked like they were becoming nauseous.

My father stared daggers at the woman. His lip twitched a bit. “What was that? I think I may have misheard you.” His tone suggested he was giving her the chance to change her statement.

“I said we don’t serve worgen here. They have a place they can go,” she repeated. I heard a hint of fear in her voice. “It’s our prerogative to choose whom we serve. If you don’t like it, take it up with Mayor Armstead.”

My father looked at me and then back up at the woman. “Well…is that so?” He cleared his throat. “I know for a fact the meat I bring in from abroad is a staple for this establishment since the attack on Gilneas City. If my daughter can’t get served here, then I believe I will be selling my meat elsewhere, like to the kitchen where…’her kind’…eats,” he threatened. My ears perked up and I stared at my father in disbelief.

The woman’s eyes widened. “C-Captain Malmin,” she gasped, recognizing him. “There has to be something we can work out. You can’t just stop supplying us!”

He stood from his chair. I followed his example, but much more shyly. “It’s my prerogative to choose with whom I do business. If you don’t like it, take it up with Mayor Armstead,” he scoffed, mocking her.  He led me out of the building, leaving her standing there, stunned. Did that really just happen? Once outside, he cleared his throat again. “Well, we were able to get some salted pork from Menethil Harbor. I am certain it should still be down at the dock,” he mentioned. “We can grab some while I tell my boys where to have the rest brought.”

I was speechless. I hadn’t expected him to come so quickly to my defense, not with me looking like I did. It gave me hope. We headed south, outside of the main city and into the farmlands. There were fewer people on the road. Every so often, we would pass someone carrying a crate towards Duskhaven who would tip their hat to my father before giving me a confused and somewhat terrified glance. I tried to ignore them. Daddy still loves me. That’s all that matters.

We reached the dock after about an hour of walking. Sure enough, after talking with one of his crew, my father led me over to a pile of crates near the end of the dock. He cracked one open, revealing several large sides of meat. “There’s a fire pit just off the dock where we can cook a couple of these up,” he commented. He hoisted the entire crate onto his shoulder and he brought me to the place he mentioned.

There were some logs situated in a circle around the fire pit. I sat on one as he set the crate down and went to work starting the fire. “Don’t let anyone make you feel like a second-class citizen,” he stated while he tended the fire.

“But I am,” I protested quietly.

“You’re more of a person than half of the fops who would look down their nose at you,” he countered. “How many of them can claim to have done what you did?” I was quiet, reliving the scene at the tavern in my head again while I watched the flame erupt in the pit. He stuck a couple slabs of meat with a spit and set it over the fire before sitting on a log near me. “Are you sure about not wanting to join me? I wouldn’t tolerate anything like that from my crew,” he proposed again.

I shook my head. “Not until I find Gwen,” I reminded him. No matter how other people treated me, I couldn’t abandon my friend to whatever fate had befallen her.

He didn’t try to argue the point further. My father stared solemnly at the fire. “Sometimes I forget…when we closed ourselves off to the world, we sacrificed our exposure to the other races and creatures that inhabit it. Gilneas’ tolerance for differences suffered.”  He absentmindedly turned the spit. “I’ve seen the world…I did what I could to show it to you through my gifts and stories.”  I always knew I saw things a little different from my neighbors; that must have been why. That must be why Gwen and I could be friends.

He excused himself for a moment, leaving me sitting by the fire. A few minutes later, he returned with a couple of empty plates and two mugs. He handed one to me; it was just fresh water.

“Are you really going to stop selling food to the tavern?” I inquired after a moment of staring at my drink. How do I drink this?

“Curious. Why?” he wondered, taking a sip from his mug.

“Don’t they need it? With all that’s happened…with those like me around…they’ve lost a lot of farming and hunting land,” I replied. From my understanding, they were barely getting by as it was.

We’ve lost a lot,” he corrected. “And no, I suppose not in the long term. But they’re going to miss out on this shipment. They’ll get the message.” He smiled warmly at me. “You’re so much more of a person than them.”

Little by little, I could feel a small portion of my old confidence returning. I still had a long way to go, though. I went back to staring at my mug, contemplating how to approach it. I lifted it to the end of my snout, hoping I could drink it normally. I poured some water into my waiting mouth and immediately felt some dribbling off to the side. Very little actually made it back to my throat. I let out a soft whine.

“Here, let me get some more for you,” my father offered, standing from his log and taking my mug before I could protest. “Just turn the spit some while I’m gone.” I obeyed and slowly rotated the chunks of pork while staring at the fire. If not for the fur covering my cheek, I was sure I would be glowing with embarrassment.

My father returned with more water moments later. “I think the meat should be about done, don’t you?” he mentioned as he handed me the mug. Carefully, he slipped the pork off of the spit onto the plates, handing me one. He poked it with his finger and quickly withdrew it. “We should probably give it a chance to cool.”

The scent of from the meat drifted from the plate into my sensitive nostrils and I drew it in with a deep breath. I closed my eyes to hide them rolling back in pleasure. Oh wow… I had been so used to nothing but raw meat from the hunt for so long. I had almost forgotten what cooked food could smell like. And, even then, it didn’t smell like this. It was so enticing. The heightened senses I had acquired from the curse definitely brought new experiences.

My stomach growled again, this time more aggressively. I had waited long enough. Gingerly, I tried to pick it up with my fingers, but the heat quickly became too uncomfortable for the pads of my hand. Then, I speared the meat with one of my long claws, allowing me to pick it up without burning my hand.

I could see the heat rising from the surface of the charred hunk of meat. I waited another moment, staring ravenously at it and licking my lips. After giving it sufficient time, I chomped down on it, my teeth easily tearing off a sizable bite. I almost allowed a moan to escape my mouth as the tender meat touched my tongue. It was pure ecstasy.

I tried to chew, but the food threatened to fall out of my mouth with each attempt. The curse never really chewed its food; not like a human, anyway…it always just swallowed it. I tilted my head back and let the meat roll into my throat, savoring every little moment it touched my tongue.

“How’s it taste?” my father inquired, finally picking his slab up. He took a quick nibble.

“It’s wonderful…it’s been so long,” I responded quickly. I stopped myself; I was coming dangerously close to suggesting I had been conscious during the interim months since the attack. I took another – much smaller – bite, wanting it to last longer if I wouldn’t be chewing it.

There had been a fair amount of salt on the meat, so I was pretty thirsty by the time I finished. I picked the mug up from where I had set it and stared down at it again. There had to be a better way. I closed my eyes for a moment, trying to remember how my body would drink from the Northgate River. Ugh…this is going to be humiliating. But it was the only way I could think of to do it.

Holding the mug still, I lowered my snout into it, stopping once I could feel the cold water on my nose. Like a dog, I began to lap up the water, carrying it back into my throat on my tongue. It proved much more effective, but I felt so foolish doing it. As the cup started to drain, I tilted it back until I was almost at a normal drinking position – except that my snout was almost completely inside.

After removing the cup, I stole a glance at my father who quickly looked away but was unable to hide his smile. I sighed and placed a hand on top of my snout, dejectedly. My cheeks were burning. The improved senses were not worth this. I want my old face back.

 My father stood up and walked around behind me, placing a supportive hand on my back. “It’ll get easier with time,” he encouraged. He asked if I wanted any more to eat, but I shook my head. “Well then, I’m going to bring the rest of this crate back to the rest of the cargo and how about we go for a walk?”

I rose onto my paws. As my father went to pick up the crate, I intervened and insisted on carrying it for him. I wanted to be helpful. I lifted it with ease. I don’t know if this form was naturally stronger or if it was the months of running…or both…but I was exceptionally strong now.

After returning the crate to its proper place, my father took some time to speak with some of his crew who were still making trips into the town with the cargo. I stood a ways back, so as to avoid having to be re-introduced to each one and suffer through whatever expression of horror I imagined they’d have.

Soon, he returned and we walked down the path along the water-front. A gentle breeze rolled in from the sea, bathing me in cool air and offering respite from the heat of the sun. My fur swayed gently as we walked; I could feel it – almost like a soft tickle. I sniffed the air and could smell the salt from the Great Sea being carried along with the wind. It was a peaceful afternoon.

My father began telling me stories from his travels since the last time I had seen him…way back when I was still human. He described everything in as much detail as he could. He regaled me with tales of the trolls down at the cape of Stranglethorn – wearing little else but loin clothes and necklaces made of bone – patrolling their islands, ready to strike should The Celeste get too close to their homes. He told me of the goblins he would do business with at the southernmost tip of the cape – strange, greedy little creatures who would be the most loyal of allies until the coffers ran dry. They were rarely seen without larger associates who provided the muscle to their shrewd intellect. In another story – he recalled – he ran into the most peculiar man he ever met. Armored from head to toe with skin as pale as the snow was white, he certainly stood out from the typical crowd at the Stormwind Port. According to my father, merely being near the man chilled him to his core. His eyes were distant – devoid of emotion – and seemed to glow with a faint, pale light. I had never heard of the likes of this man before in any of my books, except for maybe in the stories about the fall of Arthas Menethil and the rise of the Scourge. I found it hard to believe one of those things would be wandering around the capital of the humans of the southern territories.

I always sort of wondered how many of my father’s stories were actually true. But, they were a wonderful, fantastic distraction from my life and the recent miseries that had befallen me. I longed to go with him and see these things first hand – build up some stories of my own that did not involve me involuntarily killing people. But I still needed to find Gwen. After that…after that, I could go anywhere.

We headed east along the waterfront, the farmlands to our other side. There weren’t many people this far out, with the exception of the farmers taking the opportunity to tend to their crops while it wasn’t raining. They paid us little mind.

Sometime later, there was some commotion up ahead. My ears picked up the all-too-familiar snarls and enraged roars of a feral worgen. The sound brought back so many awful memories; things I wish I could just bury after yesterday. What’s going on? I slowed to a stop, unable to bear getting any closer to whatever was happening. The noises made the fur on the back of my neck rise.

“Looks like the hunters got another one,” my father sighed just as a cage sitting atop a horse-drawn cart came into view. Inside was a very agitated worgen. He noticed my horrified expression. “Don’t worry, they bring ‘em in to save them…like they did with you.”

I knew that. And I knew it was the only way to get them here. But…it was such a spectacle. It’s no wonder the people of Duskhaven had trouble thinking of us as re-civilized beings. Another cart started moving and I could see the unconscious lump of another worgen inside. I wondered if that was how I looked when they paraded me through the city to the stockades.

“I…I want to go,” I declared, taking a step back.

“Hey…worgen!” someone yelled from the scene. I know that voice. Oh please, no.

“Daddy, let’s go back the other way,” I pleaded, tugging on his arm. We turned and started back the other way. Please just ignore me.

“Oi! Stop! Worgen!” He was closer now…much closer.

My father spun back around. “Watch your tone, boy,” he growled.

“I meant no disrespect. I wanted to ask her a question.”

Slowly, I turned back around as well and was face-to-face with Daniel. My body stiffened as the memory of our last encounter returned. Was he with the hunters now?

He stared into my eyes for a moment, studying them. There was a glimmer of recognition in his. “You…” he started before pausing.

“Take care what you say,” my father warned, moving his hand towards the sword at his belt.

Daniel held up his hands for a moment as if to say he meant no harm. He never took his eyes off me. “You were the one at the harbor,” he realized. “You were ready to go in for the kill and then you stopped.” His tone made it sound like he was more thinking out loud.

I took an uncomfortable step backwards. I felt like I could cry.

“You spared me…why?” he finally questioned.

Both of them had their eyes on me. My father looked confused but incredibly curious. I shook my head a little. It was enough to shake a tear loose and send it rolling down my furry cheek.  I don’t want him to know who I am. He saw me kill those people. I’d rather he thought I was dead than a murderer.

But at the same time, I wanted him to know me. I wanted that oh-so-remote possibility that what we had was still alive. I knew any prospects died the moment I was bitten, but I couldn’t deny my feelings. What do I do?

“You should have let me kill him,” the curse hissed.

“You’re…her…aren’t you?” he continued.

“I…I’m sorry,” I gasped, before spinning and running away. I could hear both Daniel and my father calling out to me, but I didn’t care.  I needed to get out of there.

I didn’t make it very far. Curse-controlled or not, my body was not used to running on my hind paws. And, now that I was back in control, I was barely sure-footed when walking. I tripped over my legs and fell forward. At first, I tried to catch myself with my hands and maybe start running like I remembered from before. But, my momentum was wrong and I crashed to the ground, face first.

That was fantastic… I laid there for a moment, motionless. Maybe they’ll think the fall killed me and go away.

“Naomi!” my father called out. Great, now the secret’s officially out. He ran up and knelt down beside me. “Are you okay? What was that all about?”

I twisted around and sat up, groaning. Daniel had followed and stood over us just a couple feet away. ”N-Naomi,” he repeated under his breath. I could detect the disbelief in his voice.

I couldn’t bring myself to look at him. Instead, I buried my face in my hands, trying to hide the humiliation that most certainly still showed through the fur.

My father stood and turned on Daniel. “Who are you?” he demanded.

“Daniel Lereaux out of Keel Harbor,” Daniel responded. “And who are you?”

Captain Victor Malmin,” my father announced. “And what business have you with my daughter?”

Daniel’s blinked a couple times. “S-Sir…your daughter and I…I courted her for months prior to when the worgen attacked,” he explained. “We were in love.” His voice turned solemn and contemplative.

Were.

“Is that so? Why have I never heard of you?” my father countered.

“I…” Daniel trailed off, staring down at me as I peeked up between my fingers.

“We kept it a secret,” I finally muttered. By the Light, my voice is terrible. There’s nothing left of me that Daniel would know. “We were waiting…so you would have to hold up your end of the deal and take me on the ship.” I paused for a moment, studying my father’s incredulous face. “I thought…if you knew…you would want us to marry and I would be stuck in Gilneas forever.”

My father looked dumbfounded. He scratched the back of his head uncertainly. “Huh…” he grunted.

“So…you really are Naomi,” Daniel reiterated.

I nodded as I pushed myself to my feet. Just like my father, I physically towered over Daniel. But I felt downright tiny – a mere child – unable to cope with the situation. “Daniel…I…” I lapsed into silence, unsure of what to say. I never thought I would have the opportunity to talk to him ever again.

“You were dead,” Daniel cut in. “Then when you attacked the harbor…” I cringed a little when he said it. “When you didn’t kill me, I saw something in your eyes. I’ve seen my fair share of worgen in the last few months, and there was something different when I saw you…something familiar.” He almost sounded like he was rambling. “I came with the other hunters…because I wanted to know for sure…I wanted to see if there was anything to that…feeling.” He took a step towards me.

Tears rolled freely down my fur as I took a half-step backward. “You…you shouldn’t have come,” I declared. “You were better off thinking…thinking I was gone.”

“Naomi,” my father scolded softly.

Without another word, Daniel approached me and threw his arms around me, his face falling directly between my breasts. “I can’t believe you’re alright,” he stated with a muffled voice. He has a pretty strange definition of ‘alright.’ He pulled away and looked up into my face. After a moment, he reached up; I recoiled as I felt his fingertips brush against the end of my facial fur. But he kept going until he was able to run his hand across my cheek – his thumb running dangerously close to my eye – knocking away the tears.

“So, Mister Lereaux, was it? Tell me a bit about yourself,” my dad requested, clearing his throat loudly.

Daniel’s face reddened as he took a step away from me and spun to face my father. He began explaining his circumstances. I wasn’t listening; I was just standing there, positively paralyzed by disbelief. He didn’t hate me…he didn’t even seem mad…if anything, he…he seemed like he still cared. What if…what if there’s still…

My trance was shattered when my father slapped me on the back. “Sparring partners, huh?” he laughed. “That’s a strange way to date. But, I guess my little girl was a bit of an odd-bird compared to her peers.”

“Hey!” I complained.

“From the sounds of it, it did her some good in the end,” Daniel shrugged. “I’m sure you’ve heard the stories.”

“Oh, I’ve heard…I’ve heard.”

I looked off to the side in embarrassment.

“Let’s head back to town,” my father proposed. “I think you and I need to share a drink,” he offered to Daniel. “I’m sure we can find a place that will accommodate us.” I assumed that last part was for my benefit.

Daniel agreed and I was still too speechless to argue – not that I knew why I would be arguing. Instead of walking back to the docks, we cut down another road which headed directly to Duskhaven. Daniel seemed to make a point of walking beside me. My legs wobbled as I walked.

“I can’t believe I found you,” Daniel whispered. The back of his hand brushed up against the back of mine. I withdrew it. He doesn’t want to touch my fur.  “What’s the matter?”

“Other than the obvious?” I muttered dejectedly. I mean, seriously, I’m an almost seven-foot-tall monstrosity.

“So, Daniel…what did you do following Gilneas City?” my father threw in, forcing small-talk as we walked.

“We got out through the harbor and made for Duskhaven. I stayed here awhile, offering my services as a blacksmith. When I heard they were going back to Keel Harbor, I went with to help try to put my life back together. Once the fellow, Aranas, came up with his treatment for the worgen, I volunteered to join the hunters,” he explained.

“You…volunteered?” I asked, ears perking up a little.

He looked up at my face. “They told us stories about the city. They told us all that you and Crowley and his men had perished. I prayed to the Light that wasn’t true. I hoped that, one day, I might come across you,” Daniel admitted. “I was starting to lose hope.”

I tripped and stumbled forward, but managed to catch myself.

My father sighed. “You two…how did I not know?” he muttered to himself.

I didn’t say anything. I was thinking about what Daniel had said. He was looking for me…why? He had to know what he would find when he did.

My father and Daniel talked for most of the way back into town. I listened and did what I could to answer anything directly. My mind was too distracted for me to trust myself to string coherent words together.

When we reached the town, my father led us over to a small outdoor seating area near the inn. He must have wanted to avoid another scene like earlier. I was grateful for that. He announced he was going in to get some drinks, leaving Daniel and I alone.

Daniel sat close to me at the table. I kept looking around, noticing the raised eyebrows and hushed chattering of passersby. “Why would you look for me?” I asked quietly, my attention once again drawn to my hoarse voice.

“Because I loved you…love you…I figured you loved me back. I figured it’s what you would have done if you were in my boots,” he explained.

“But you had to know…if you found me, I’d…”

“Be a worgen?” he finished. “Yeah, the thought had crossed my mind,” he chuckled. “I may not be a smart man, but I’m not that cork-brained,” he claimed. He placed his hand over mine. “It’ll take some getting used to, but…”

“Some getting used to?” I exclaimed incredulously. My voice was a bit louder than I intended. “Look at me!”

“I am. And on the inside, you’re still you,” he pointed out. “You were strong enough to keep your curse from killing me. That means something, right? And what if that alchemist finds a way to cure you completely?”

“But what if he doesn’t? What if I’m stuck…like this?” I protested.

“We’d get through it if it came to that. But what if you aren’t?” he countered. “What if you went back to normal and I was a total ass to you all this time just because you look…um…different? You may not look like the Naomi I’m used to and fell in love with, but you’re still her.”

“He’s so naïve. Wait till he finds out what’s inside us,” the curse laughed.

I opened my mouth to continue to argue, but my father came back, carefully carrying three flagons. As he passed them to us, he took a quick glance at my face. “Did I miss something?” he asked curiously.

“Just talking,” Daniel responded, thanking my father for the drink as he took it. I took one and stared down at it, wondering what was going on. Why was I arguing so much? Why can’t I just let him think we could be happy? I mean, could we? Daniel held up his mug. “To Naomi.” My father lifted his up and then they both drank. I still didn’t move. And now Daniel gets to see me drink like a damn dog.

Slowly, I brought my nose in close, breathing in the smell of it. I can’t remember the last time I had ale. I watched my father and Daniel for an opportunity when they weren’t looking at me before lapping a bit up. I could really taste it; the flavor of some of the more subtle ingredients were amplified, almost masking the taste of the alcohol. It wasn’t bad.

“So, Captain; when are you going to be leaving on your next voyage?” Daniel asked, taking another drink.

“Wanting to find some time alone with my daughter?” my father questioned suggestively.

“Daddy!”

“I’m only joking,” he chuckled. “I’m giving my crew a week to spend with their families before we head out again,” he finally answered. “I, for one, plan on spending that week with the only family I have.” My father smiled at me.

It was strange listening to them talk as if everything was normal – as if I were still human. I waited for the opportunity to drink a little bit more, discreetly. Eventually, I actually engaged with them. My father got up to get another round of drinks, once again leaving Daniel and I to chat.

“I understand you’re scared,” he said, putting his hand back on mine. He sort of stroked the back of my hand, running his hands through my fur. “Why don’t you come back with me to Keel Harbor? I could help you – you know – get used to things,” he offered.

I smiled a bit. So he actually does still like me. “I would love to, but…I can’t,” I finally responded.

“Why not?”

“My best friend…she’s missing,” I explained. “I need to find her before I can move on.” I knew she was out there somewhere. I thought of the dream I had.

“Your best friend? Was I ever going to meet the people in your life?” he wondered.

You already have…you just don’t know it. “I was planning on it…once, you know, we could have made things official,” I claimed.

“Well, I already told you I joined the hunters up north. Maybe I could help you!”

“I don’t know…it might be dangerous for you,” I sighed. I assumed the worgen would be more prone to leaving me alone. I’d be able to track her down without much interruption.

He took my meaning and surveyed me again. My father came back with another round of drinks for him and Daniel. I was still working my way through my first, since I didn’t want to drink while Daniel’s attention was on me.

We spent quite some time talking and drinking. Every so often, I would allow myself to feel normal. Then, something would happen to remind me what I was and I would retreat inside myself again. Daniel seemed to notice and did what he could to pull me back out.

As the sun started to set, Lady Armstead approached us. “Excuse me, Captain. I understand you and your daughter have some catching up to do, but we need to discuss some business,” she announced.

By this point, my father had been in his cups for hours. “Sure,” he responded, slurring his speech a bit. He stood and stumbled a bit. He looked down to me. “I’ll see you soon,” he declared, patting me on the head a couple of times, right between the ears. He didn’t say anything to Daniel before walking towards Armstead.

“Been enjoying yourself since making port, I see,” I heard the mayor comment. My father laughed a little too hard.

“He may have had a bit too much,” Daniel mentioned, an amused smirk on his face.

I placed my hand on top of my face. “He’s completely foxed,” I sighed.

Daniel took the opportunity to scoot closer to me. He placed his hand on the back of my head and ran it down my mane gently. Is he…petting me? I wasn’t sure what to do. Part of me was embarrassed, but another part of me…I never minded before when he ran his fingers through my hair. This is basically the same thing, right?

“Why aren’t you afraid of me?” I inquired, thinking of all the stares I’ve been getting since I woke up.

“Why should I be?” I hoped his denseness was primarily due to the alcohol.

I forced a laugh. “Look at my claws…my teeth,” I stated miserably. “This body is powerful…it’s dangerous. I could tear you apart without even meaning it. Aren’t you scared I’d hurt you?”

“You didn’t hurt me before. And that was when you were the most dangerous to me. I’m not afraid of you because I know you wouldn’t hurt me,” he responded.

I went quiet, thinking it over.

“Even like this, you’re cute when you pout,” he laughed, reaching up with his other hand and running it along the top of my snout. His fingers tickled as they moved through the short fur on my face.

I cocked my head to the side. “Please don’t do that,” I requested. Daniel simply nodded. I let out a heavy sigh. “Daniel…I…”

“What’s wrong?”

“I really missed you…I was terrified, not knowing what had happened to you…I still love you, but…right now, I’m just so confused,” I admitted, looking away. “I need some time to think about everything,” I told him.

“About what?”

“About us,” I replied a bit more distantly than I intended.

“What’s there to think about?”

“You may not be scared, but I am. I don’t know what I can do, yet. Can I just have tonight?” I asked. “We can…we can talk tomorrow…about us,” I promised.

Daniel was silent for a moment before he sighed. “If that’s what you need,” he accepted. He rose from his seat, standing over me – though, not by much. He bent down a pressed his forehead against mine. “When you’re thinking things through, remember… I’m beyond willing to get used to whatever we need to get used to. I’m in,” he assured me. Tenderly, he planted a soft kiss on the bridge of my snout. “Good evening, Poppet.”

“Good night,” I responded despondently. My eyes started to tear up again as I watched him wander away, occasionally stumbling as the ale took effect. I must be completely insane. Why am I so resistant to this? The biggest reason my mind could come up with was: I don’t deserve to be happy.

I didn’t linger long. An unaccompanied worgen consuming alcohol had the makings of a bad situation. I returned to building where the worgen were housed. There were more of us wandering around. Krennan was there, conversing with some of the newer ones, probably explaining their situation and future. When he came in, he excused himself from the newcomers and approached me.

“Good evening, Naomi. I just wanted to let you know, I’ve started putting together some excess vials of the serum for you. I’m trying to be on the conservative side, since I want to make sure I have enough stored up for the others, but there should be enough for you to go out for a week. I’m waiting on one more shipment of mandrake essence, but that should be in in the morning,” he announced.

With a weak smile, I thanked him and then wandered up to my room. Once confined and alone, I stripped down to my bare body. There was a mirror in the corner and I walked up to it. I spent some time inspecting my body from head to toe. I hated what I saw, but…I hated it less than I did yesterday. Will it be even better tomorrow? I continued to look at myself, turning around. Even in that short amount of time, I could feel my disdain dwindling. I’ll have to come to terms with it eventually…this is my body now. But at least it was mine, and not the curse’s.

Eventually, I backed away from the mirror and sat on the bed, swinging my legs around and bringing my knees up. I sat, curled up on the bed, for some time, my mind playing through every moment since I became a worgen. I’ve killed people…I’m still dangerous. There was a reason the other Gilneans regarded me so coldly. Why would I give myself the chance to be happy with Daniel?

At some point while thinking, someone knocked on the door and dropped off a plate of food and some water. I continued to dwell on my situation as I munched on the meal. I was momentarily distracted by it; I knew it was some of the food my father would have normally sold to the tavern.

That memory from this morning put my mind on a different track. Despite how the others treated me, my father defended me. His love for me didn’t seem affected at all. The same went for Daniel. They both treated me normally…lovingly. They quickly seemed unfazed by my change. Sure they were surprised at first, but it didn’t last. Maybe I do deserve it. It was a faint glimmer of hope, but it was there.

My mind kept going back and forth as I sat there for what felt like forever. Eventually, I decided it was time to go to bed. I still didn’t have an answer for Daniel. I hoped that things would be clearer in the morning. It took some time, but I finally managed to sleep.

***

“Naomi!” Again, it was Gwen’s voice. Just like last night, I found myself standing in a dark, dense forest. Had had spent very little of my life in the southern half of Gilneas, but I couldn’t think of any other location of this forest but the Blackwald.

This time, I heard menacing growling. A shiver ran down my back and my body stiffened. Slowly, I turned towards the noise. There was a pair of insanely wild eyes watching me from the shadows of the trees. I could barely make out the outline of a large, humanoid creature. It was alone.

I could hear another voice. It was oddly familiar, but I didn’t know the speaker. Nasty little bitch; always hunts alone. Always kills her prey.” The voice seemed to travel along the wind. It was only me and this creature staring at me.

Once again, an emerald vision of Gwen appeared, floating in front of the feral worgen. “You promised to come back to me,” she muttered glumly. “I’m waiting.” Then, without warning, the worgen leapt from the shadows, pouncing straight onto me and tackling me to the ground.

***

My eyes snapped open. Gwen…could it be? Is she the worgen in the Blackwald? I knew where I had to start once Krennan had enough serum for me to go. It was getting difficult to wait any longer.

I rolled out of bed, momentarily blinded by the light that shone in through the window. Suddenly, the ground began to shake. I could hear a deep rumbling and feel the strong vibrations beneath my feet. An earthquake? I heard something fall off the table downstairs. It was the first time something like that had happened in Gilneas in my lifetime.

There was a knock on the door and I quickly slipped my clothes on before answering it. It was Krennan. “I’m sorry if I woke you,” he greeted, quickly handing me a vial of the serum. I grimaced as I downed it – it’s not any better the third time down. He seemed nervous. “I need to ask a favor of you. Someone was supposed to deliver me another crate of mandrake essence. They should have been here over an hour ago. I’m afraid something may have happened. Would you mind seeing if you can find out what’s going on with the shipment?”

“Why me?” I asked automatically. Well that came off as rude.

“Because I trust you…and I know you can take care of yourself,” he responded, wringing his hand.

I sighed. “I’ll go have a look.” He thanked me and told me where to check. I walked past him and headed down the stairs, immediately emerging from the building. There were a lot of people outside, several of them looking around – probably surprised by the earthquake.

I headed southwest. I sped up to a jog, wanting to get done with this as quickly as possible. As I became more sure of my movements, I picked up more speed until I was running on two paws. This isn’t too bad.  I didn’t trip this time.

I felt subtle vibrations in the pads of my paws and I skidded to a halt just in time for another earthquake to strike. I stumbled while trying to keep my balance on the shuddering earth. Two in one day? What’s going on? There was no way for me to answer that question now, so I moved on.

A little ways outside of Duskhaven, I found a suspicious scene. There was a man lying still on the side of the road. A wooden crate lay beside him, smashed open with its contents scattered around it. I ran up to him.

As I closed in, I quickly caught sight of a long, wicked dagger with a skull ornament upon its hilt sticking out of the poor man’s back. He was dead. A short sword and a shield lay on the ground beside him. He must have thrown down the crate when he was attacked, but he still wasn’t able to defend himself.

With a heavy heart, I stepped away from him and inspected the crate. Several of the bottles within were broken. There were a couple, however, that were still intact. Hopefully this will be enough.

A strange, pungent smell came in with the wind – like a rotting corpse and gunpowder. The man had not been dead nearly long enough to smell that bad. I continued sniffing the air as I stood up. What is that smell?

Again, the ground shook, this time more violently. When it passed, I surveyed my surroundings. Off in the distance to the south, I saw something terrible: two savage-looking warships were closing in on the docks. They sported dark, tattered sails and I could see large skull decorations along the hull. “By the Light,” I gasped as I stared at the ominous, evil-looking vessels.

The moment they neared the docks, they opened fire on the Celeste which had sat peacefully in the harbor. The cannon fire brought back terrible memories from the city of Gilneas and I tried to cover my ears to drown it out. In a moment, my father’s craft was sinking to the bottom of the harbor. I nearly cried watching it go down. Fortunately, though, he and his men should have been on leave from the ship.

Regardless, my stomach twisted painfully as I watched the ships come closer and closer to the shoreline. I came to a realization, one that everyone hoped would never have to come to pass since the sealing of the Greymane Wall:

Gilneas is being invaded.


Go to Directory                                Next Chapter –>

The Fall of Gilneas

Chapter 5: Waking Up

I was kept in my cell for several days. King Greymane came to the cage with Krennan Aranas at one point, muttering amongst themselves while watching me. Despite my curiosity, they stood far enough away to keep me from hearing them.

Each day, my body’s strength returned bit by bit. Nobody came to tend to my wounds at all, but it felt as though they were healing on their own. Pretty soon, I was able to put more weight on my right paw. Every morning, someone would toss fresh meat into the cell. As I recovered, my body became increasingly agitated at being imprisoned.

Then, one day I felt something strange after finishing my morning meal. Almost immediately, I started to feel dizzy and my vision darkened. Within minutes, I was unconscious.

When I came to, I felt the rain beating down on my fur. I was in the stocks, my wrists secured off to the side, level with my head. I could see several such contraptions set up in a circle in front of me – all empty. Beyond the stockades, I could see the town of Duskhaven.

My body began to struggle, roaring with rage. If only they had put me here a few days ago. I would have been way too weak to retaliate.

“Well, well, well…look who’s awake,” I heard Lord Godfrey sneer.

Three people walked into my line of vision: Lord Godfrey, Krennan, and King Greymane, himself. Krennan wore a hooded cloak to protect himself from the rain and he was hunched over a bowl – possibly to shield its contents from the weather. The king stood relatively unprotected, his hair clinging to his face where he stood, drenched. His eyes were set on me, a combination of compassion and apprehension shining through them.

“My king, are you certain this thing is actually her?” Lord Godfrey questioned. His voice was hard to hear above the sounds of the storm and my snarls.

Greymane stepped forward and brought his face in close to my snout. My body strained and fought to break out of my confinement to get at him. He gazed directly into my eyes for several moments. “I’m sure of it,” he finally responded with confidence. How? How can he tell who I am?

“Pardon my skepticism, but she looks no different from the others,” Godfrey argued.

“Silence, Godfrey. I do not need to explain myself to you,” the king commanded, not taking his eyes off me. “I know you’re still in there,” he muttered to me. He spoke to me like I was a human.

He stood back up and walked over to Krennan. He retrieved the bowl before returning to me. “I need you to pull through, Miss Naomi Malmin. This dosage is strong enough to kill a horse.” Dosage? Dosage of what? “But I know you. I know what you’re made of,” he mentioned with a reminiscent voice. “You will be fine. Trust me.” I felt a strange sense of assurance from his voice.

King Greymane glanced back at the other two, who were still standing a way away. “I know what you’re going through,” he told me calmly. How could you possibly know what I’m going through? “Now, drink up and close your eyes.”

The king grasped my jaw firmly, forcing my mouth open and preventing me from being able to move my head at all. My body struggled even more desperately to escape. He tipped the bowl, pouring the contents into my open maw.

It smelled awful and tasted worse – like sour milk mixed with sea water. With Geymane’s hold on me, I couldn’t stop the liquid from flowing down my throat. He kept trying to mutter encouragement to me as he poured the nasty concoction.

Before he was finished, my eyes rolled back and I blacked out.

***

My head was swimming when I awoke. I was on my back; my vision was blurred as I opened my eyes, instantly disappointed to see the furry snout extending between my eyes. It didn’t work. Whatever they gave me didn’t work. I’m still a worgen. Rain battered my face. I raised my arm out of the mud and hung it over me to keep the water from striking my eyes.

Hold on a tick. I moved my arm. I stretched out my arm towards the sky and began flexing and extending my fingers. They moved with each conscious command. I lifted the other arm and ran the pads of my left hand up and down the soaked and matted fur on m right arm. My brain was working a little more slowly than usual while still recovering from unconsciousness, but the realization finally came. I’m…I’m in control!

With a grunt, I sat up. My body felt so peculiar. I had been a passive observer in my body for so long; now, it just felt strange to be capable of my own movement. I turned my hands over, studying every feature of them – from the fur to the claws at the end of each finger to the dark, thickened pads that used to be my palms. I curled my fingers into fists before extending them again. I’m in control! My mind kept repeating the realization.

I had the feeling I was being watched and I could hear more growling and snarls; I looked up. There were worgen occupying pretty much all of the stocks now, likely awaiting their dosage of Krennan’s potion. Then, at the entrance to the stockade area, Lord Godfrey stood, arms crossed, beneath the pouring rain. He did not look happy to be outside. I hope he hasn’t been waiting on me.

Slowly, I twisted around and pushed myself to my feet. I wobbled around and it was hard to get my balance. The curse had moved me around so much with ease; but now that I was in control, I had to get used to how these new legs moved.

After some stumbling, I was able to move my way to Lord Godfrey. I was quite a bit taller than him now. He didn’t smile at me; but I took his cold stare as acknowledgment. “So Krennan’s potion did not kill you? Well, I suppose that means the human inside of you is in control then,” he commented, sounding genuinely impressed. The way he said that irked me. The human inside of me… It implied I wasn’t human. It implied I wasn’t me. “I guess I won’t be shooting you.” He paused. “At least not yet,” he added with a threatening grin. From the tone of his voice, he was disappointed.

“Not yet?” I gasped before clutching my throat in surprise. My voice was rough and raspy, as if I had screamed myself hoarse. It sounded only vaguely like my voice.

Lord Godfrey laughed to himself, amused by my distress. “Go speak to Krennan Aranas and give him the…good news.” It legitimately sounded like the last couple of words tasted like poison in his mouth. “He’s in charge of the house where we keep…your kind.” He liked to punctuate his statements with an air of condescension. Lord Godfrey pointed to a large building nearby. “Just remember, I’ve got my eye on you. You so much as try anything funny and you’ll get a bullet between the eyes,” he threatened.

“Try it…we could rip him to shreds before his hand reached his gun. You know you want to!” a low hiss of a voice in the back of my head chimed in. I shuddered a bit as I recognized the presence. The curse was still there, waiting. It was too weak to take over, though. I tried to ignore it.

I nodded, not wanting to give him the satisfaction of a more speech. Carefully, I stepped past him, doing everything I could to keep my balance so he wouldn’t see me falter and use that as a claim of “funny business.”

As soon as I left the stockades behind, I stepped out of the mud and onto the paved street. It was somewhat easier footing. There were a few people out and about, wearing heavy cloaks beneath the rain. As I stepped forward towards the town, many of them stopped what they were doing and stared at me. It was a painful reminder of two things. First, I was so very different from them. Second, I was naked. As if this wasn’t humiliating enough. At least I had the fur to cover my more private areas. I still couldn’t help but try to cover myself up with my massive hands, though.

I slipped into the building Godfrey had pointed to. Water dripped off my soaked and heavy fur onto the wooden floor. It was warm inside this building; a fire roared in the hearth against the wall. It was a large room. In the back, I could see stairs leading up to a second level. There were a couple of worgen wearing plain clothes walking around the room as well.

Krennan sat at a table, speaking with a woman whose back was turned to me. As the door closed behind me, everyone stopped and looked up at me. There was silence, save for the rain outside. The woman turned around; it was Mayor Armstead. They both stood up; Krennan’s mouth hung open.

“By the Light, it worked!” he exclaimed excitedly after a moment. He rushed up to me. I instantly reacted, trying to shrink away into the corner. “You’re back in control, aren’t you?”

I nodded.

He took a step back, obviously incredibly pleased with himself. “Amazing. Now…to put Greymane’s eyes to the test. What’s your name?”

I sounded off my name, once again taken aback by the hoarseness of my voice. It didn’t hurt, it just sounded so strange.

“What do you know? He may be old, but our leader’s got eyes sharper than an owl,” Krennan laughed to himself.

Mayor Armstead walked up beside Krennan, studying me. “Welcome back, Naomi. You were fortunate. Krennan’s treatment doesn’t always work this well on people who’ve had the curse as long as you,” she commented. “You’ve got some fight in your spirit.”

“My word! Look at you!” Krennan gasped. “Did Godfrey just leave you out in the mud?”

“Certainly smells like he left you out in the mud,” Lady Armstead laughed. My ears fell and I stared at the ground, feeling immensely self-conscious. “Don’t worry, nothing a bath won’t cure.” She walked forward and placed a hand gingerly on my back, urging me forward.

“King Greymane will be furious. He told Godfrey to put you back in your cell while we waited to see if it worked,” I heard Krennan mutter to himself as I was led away.

“I know you’re confused and probably have a lot of questions. I promise we’ll have time to answer all that we can after you’ve had a chance to get cleaned up,” she assured me calmly. Her voice sounded so warm and inviting.

She led me into a room in the back of the building, behind the stairs. There was a large tub in the center. In the corner, there was an interesting contraption – like a huge metal bucket over an open fire. A chute led from the bucket to the tub. Lady Armstead pulled on a chain near the thing and a small hatch opened, water flowing down the chute into the tub, steam billowing off the rising water level. When the tub was nearly filled to the brim, she let go of the chain and the water stopped.

“It’s a handy little invention,” she mentioned when she noticed me watching it. “One of our tinkerers came up with it. Sure makes preparation easier.” I couldn’t argue. It was annoying enough to fill up the water basin I used to use to clean myself on a day-to-day basis. It was even worse if I needed a more comprehensive wash. “Well, in you go.”

Is the mayor of Duskhaven going to…bathe me? It was a truly awkward situation, made so much worse by my strange appearance. Body trembling slightly, I stepped into the bath and sank in. It was warm and comfortable. I closed my eyes and let out a long sigh. It’s been too long. All I could remember was the cold and the rain. As I sat there, I almost forgot where I was; I almost forgot what I was.

That is, until I felt a brush forcibly being rubbed down my backside. I arched my back and gasped in surprise, eyes snapping open. “Calm down,” she stated in a soothing, almost motherly voice. I just sort of sat there as she aggressively brushed the mud and gunk out of my fur. “I never had the chance to thank you for what you did that day,” she commented at one point. “It was quite brave, especially for an ordinary civilian.”

“I didn’t have a choice, really,” I muttered.

“I know, I know, you were already bitten,” she sighed. “But still, I’m alive because of you and the others. A lot of people are,” she reminded me.

I didn’t respond. We were quiet for a moment. She began running the brush through my hair – which was really more of a mane that didn’t go all the way around my neck. There were so many knots; my head jerked back with each stroke and I let out involuntary wolfish yelps.

“Sorry. You have been in the wilds a long time,” Lady Armstead observed. “But…you’re here now. And you are more than welcome here in Duskhaven,” she announced. Again, we lapsed into silence. “I would exercise caution though. The people are still more than a little wary of those we’ve managed to save. Don’t expect anyone to invite you into your home,” she warned after a moment. “At least not at first,” she added with a hopeful intonation. “But at least they won’t shoot you outright.”

That’s a happy thought. “Great,” I grumbled, trying to sink into the water.

“Don’t worry too much about it. I’m sure that once word gets out who the new worgen girl is, you’ll be very well received,” she stated optimistically. Lady Armstead stood and walked around to the side of the tub. “Here, I’ll let you take care of your front.” She handed me the brush. “When you’re finished up, Krennan and I will be waiting outside and the three of us can talk. We’ve had some…worgen-sized clothes made. I’ll have some brought in for you.”

With that, she left me by my lonesome. I sat in the tub, carefully running the brush through my fur. I didn’t know how to think or feel anymore. There was a deeply confusing mix of emotions swirling through me. What was right? Am I supposed to be happy that I’m back in control again? Depressed that I’m still covered in fur? Scared about the voice of the curse I heard lingering in my head? Ashamed of what I did while the curse was in control? It was too much to mentally sift through.

Where’s Gwen? She should be here in Duskhaven, somewhere. Surely she would come find me as soon as she heard I was alive and here. I prayed she wasn’t too mad at me for going it alone that night. I hoped she could forgive me for what I put her through. My sensitive nose began to sting as I fought back the urge to cry.

You’re weak,” the voice chimed in. It sounded almost like my voice in a sinister way.

I barely noticed when someone entered the room. “Excuse me, miss,” a rough voice stated tentatively. I jumped. A worgen woman stood by the door, holding a bundle of cloth. She had much lighter fur than me; it was brown instead of dark grey. “I didn’t mean to startle you. Lady Armstead wanted me to bring these in for you,” she announced.

“Thank you,” I responded despondently.

“I…I overheard them talking about you…cursed for almost eight months and you were able to overcome it,” she went on, a spark of admiration in her voice. Eight months? Was it really eight months? And what does she mean ‘overcome’ it? “It’s amazing. Well, welcome to Duskhaven,” she greeted with a bow before putting the bundle down on a table and excusing herself from the room.

I sat in the tub for quite some time, thinking through the situation while absent-mindedly brushing myself from snout to paw. It was oddly calming. The water eventually stopped being warm and I could see bits of fur and dirt floating in it. I guess it’s time to get out.

With a grunt, I pulled myself up onto my paws and stepped out. Water dripped off me, spattering the floor and imitating the sound of the storm outside. There was a towel amongst the bundle of clothes the worgen woman had left for me.

I dried myself off as best I could, though my fur was still quite damp. But at least I didn’t feel disgusting anymore. And I smelled differently, too. Maybe my strong sense of smell had just become acclimated to the stench of the wild, but I couldn’t help but notice how delightfully clean I smelled.

The bundle included a simple cotton chemise and a white gown. It wasn’t much, but at least I would be fairly well-covered. After dressing myself, I took a deep breath and tentatively opened the door.

Krennan and Lady Armstead were sitting at the table again. They stopped their conversation as soon as they saw me. “Well you certainly took your time,” Krennan laughed. “I hope you are feeling better.” I didn’t respond.

“Are the clothes to your liking? They’re nothing fancy, but they’re functional,” Lady Armstead inquired.

“I personally prefer pantaloons, myself,” I responded, shuffling a bit where I stood.

“I should have known that. I’ll talk to the tailor in the morning and see what we can do for you.”

I opened my mouth to protest, not wanting to be a bother, but Krennan started speaking before I had the chance. “Now, I expect you have many questions,” he said in an inviting tone.

Of the dozens of questions swimming through my brain, one in particular bubbled back up to the surface first. “Where is Gwen?”

Krennan looked at Lady Armstead uncomfortably, who returned his gaze with equal unease.

“Gwen Forrestier…the druid who was with me in the city,” I clarified, interpreting their glances as confusion. I recalled Lady Armstead’s name was also Gwen.

Krennan cleared his throat. “She’s…not here,” he admitted.

“What?” I exclaimed. Not here? Where is she?

“The moment your friend woke up, we told her what had happened. Then, she just left,” Lady Armstead explained. “We sent people after her, but they couldn’t find her. Originally, we thought she was headed towards Stormglen to be with the other druids, so we sent them a message. They had not seen or heard from her either.”

“You were supposed to keep her safe!” I yelled. “They betrayed your trust. Tear them limb from limb.” I pretended not to hear the voice.

“What were we supposed to do? Lock her up like some kind of prisoner?” Lady Armstead protested. “That isn’t how I run my city.”

I stood there for a moment, fuming. “I’m going to go look for her,” I declared, marching towards the door.

Lady Armstead shot up from her chair. “Stop her,” she commanded.

In an instant, I felt powerful hands clamping down on my shoulders. One of the male worgen in the building had caught hold of me. “My apologies, Miss,” he muttered.

“Let go of me!” I demanded. I stared directly at Armstead. “I thought this wasn’t how you run your city.”

Her features softened. “You’re not a prisoner, but…if we allowed you to leave, you’d be lost to the curse again,” she informed me.

“Lost?”

It was Krennan’s turn to clear his throat. “You see, the effects of the curse cannot ever be fully cured as far as we know. With treatment, however, your mind will remain yours…and not that of a wild animal. We are fortunate that the treatment worked on you in the first place. Normally, I can only treat recent infections. But that means we’ll need to continue your medication if we’re to have you reverse the curse,” he explained. “If we don’t, I’m afraid the curse will take over once again.

My ears fell. “So, I’ll never be human again?” I concluded sorrowfully. And I’d have to keep taking that nasty medicine.

“Aren’t you?” Krennan responded. After a silence, he continued. “Spend some time thinking on that. Anyway, I was able to make the serum after some time studying the curse. I’ve needed some ingredients that are…rare in Gilneas, like mandrake essence. Your father has done wonders for me by trading with foreign countries for the reagents I needed.”

“My father?” I echoed. I recalled the conversation the two scavengers were having in the city. “What…what does he know about me?”

Again, Lady Armstead and Krennan made eye contact. “We thought it best to circulate information that you had been killed in Light’s Dawn Cathedral. For all we knew, that was the truth.”

That’s probably for the best. “Where is he?”

“Last I had heard, his ship was to be coming in to port today with another shipment. The storm may have delayed that, unfortunately,” Krennan responded. “Look, I know you’re worried about your friend. I know you want to find out what happened to her. Give me a few days and I’ll cook up enough of the serum for you to bring with you and keep your mind your own,” he proposed.

“I’ll even send some of my best hunters with you,” Lady Armstead added.

The worgen let go of my shoulders and I stumbled over to the table, falling into a chair. “I…I suppose that’s the only way I can do it,” I responded. It was going to be an excruciating wait. “I can track her down…I can hunt her. Just go and let me take over.” I shook my head.

I spent the next several hours talking with the two about what had happened since the attack on Gilneas City. No one knew what had happened to Crowley and his men – whether they had been killed or cursed. I couldn’t believe anything could have killed Crowley, but the idea of him being trapped in the body of a beast terrified me. Much of the population had moved south, with the vast majority seeking refuge within the guarded walls of Duskaven. The people had returned to the harbor towns after a couple of months and would retreat to their boats at first sign of trouble to stay safe. That was how they survived the first wave of worgen to begin with. King Greymane spent much of his time in his manor on the top of the mountain, but would often come down to Duskhaven to seek Krennan’s counsel. The people of Gilneas were hanging by a thread, but they were surviving.

As time passed, I quickly became tired. Lady Armstead showed me to an empty bed up the stairs and left me to get my sleep. My mind was still swarming with questions and worries, but my exhaustion overcame all of that and I slipped into the realm of dreams.

***

“Naomi, where are you?” I could hear Gwen calling out to me. I stood alone in a shadowy forest. It was darker and denser than Northgate. Was this…the Blackwald? “Why did you leave me behind?” She sounded so sorrowful.

“Gwen!” I cried out.

A glowing apparition presented itself to me. It was the image of Gwen, shining with an eerie, translucent emerald light. “I’ve found you…please…find me,” she pleaded. Then, the vision disappeared.

“Gwen!”


Go to Directory                                Next Chapter –>